UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT LOS ANGELES NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS Prepared for the American Institute of Banking By SAMUEL WILLISTON, LL.D. Weld Professor of Law in Harvard Law School American Institute of Banking Five Nassau Street New York City Copyright 1915 by American Institute of Banking >- as < CO CONTENTS Chapter Page I. Introduction to a Study of the Negotiable Instruments Law 5 II. Negotiable Instruments in General 15 III. Bills of Exchange 208 IV. Promissory Notes and Checks 237 V. General Provisions of the Law 244 VI. Supplementary Topics 247 VII. State and Territorial Section Numbers 254 VIII. Practical Exercises 266^ 38637: NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS CHAPTER I introduction to a Study of the Negotiable Instruments Law THE LAW OF NEGOTIABLE INSTRU- MENTS has been codified in most States by a statute known as the Negotiable Instru- ments Law. Prior to the enactment of this statute, and still in the few jurisdictions of the United States where the Negotiable Instruments Law has not been passed, the law governing bills, notes and checks, is based on the Common Law; that is, on a series of rules gradually built up during the past centuries in England and the United States from the decisions of courts on various questions as they arose from time to time. Even in jurisdictions where the Ne- gotiable Instruments Law has been enacted the common law is still important in determining con- troversies on negotiable instruments. It is impor-,i tant in the first place as aiding the interpretation of the language of the Negotiable Instruments Law. Unless that language clearly requires a different construction, courts presume that the statute re- states the rule of the common law which existed prior to the enactment of the statute. In the second 5 6 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS place, the common law is still important because cases not infrequently arise which are not clearly covered by the statute, and section 196 of the statute enacts that cases not provided for in the statute shall be governed by the unwritten law previously exist- ing. That portion of the common law which relates to negotiable instruments and to certain other mer- cantile transactions is frequently called the "Law Merchant." 2. THE NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS ACT. — The Negotiable Instruments Law is based upon an earlier English statute, called the "Bills of Exchange Act," which codified the law of England governing negotiable instruments, and was enacted in 1882. As the Common Law of England upon this subject was in the main like that of the United States, the English statute furnished great aid in codifying the American law. Most of the States of America have appointed commissioners to promote uniformity in the laws of the several States. These commissioners meet annually in conference and in 1895 undertook the draft of the American Nego- tiable Instruments Law. The following year the draft was discussed by the Conference and recom- mended for adoption by the several States. The law thus drafted has been adopted in most of the United States. The following list shows the States and territories in which the law has been adopted, with the date of enactment, and also the States and territories that have not yet adopted such law: NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS District of Columbia (1899) Florida (1897) Georgia (not enacted) Hawaii (1907) Idaho (1903) Illinois (1907) Indiana (1913) Iowa (1902) Kansas (1905) Kentucky (1904) Louisiana (1904) Maine (not enacted) Maryland (1898) Massachusetts (1898) Michigan (1905) Minnesota (1913 Mississippi (1916) Missouri (1905) Alabama (1907) Alaska (1913) Arizona (1901) Arkansas (1913) California (not enacted) Colorado (1897) Connecticut (1897) Delaware (1911) Montana (1903) Nebraska (1905) Nevada (1907) New Hampshire (1909) New Jersey (1902) New Mexico (1907) New York (1897) North Carolina (1899) North Dakota (1899) Ohio (1902) Oklahoma (1909) Oregon (1899) Pennsylvania (1901) Porto Rico (not enacted) Rhode Island (1898) South Carolina (1914) South Dakota (1913) Tennessee (1899) Texas (not enacted) Utah (1899) Vermont (1913) Virginia (1898) Washington (1899) West Virginia (1907) Wisconsin (1899) Wyoming (1905) 3. AMENDMENTS AND VARIATIONS.— In a few States the Negotiable Instruments Law has been somewhat amended. All important amend- ments are indicated by notes following the several sections of the Act. Unfortunately in the statute as passed in the several States the section number- ing adopted by the Commissioners of Uniform Laws has not always been followed. The references in this book are to the numbers adopted by these com- missioners. Those States that have adopted differ- ent section numbering are indicated by a table of 8 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS cross references at the end of the book. As the Negotiable Instruments Law, even in the few pas- sages where its terms are not wholly clear or satis- factory, is the ultimate authority on the subject, it is necessary to be familiar with its language and arrangement. Each section of the Act should be read carefully and the comment and illustrations following the sections will make the meaning and application plainer. But before the Act is studied, a few fundamental principles in regard to negotia- ble instruments should be understood. 4. A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT IS A CONTRACT OR A SET OF CONTRACTS.— A negotiable instrument is a contract or a collection of contracts. An unindorsed promissory note is a single contract — a contract of the maker with the payee. So an unaccepted and unindorsed check or bill of exchange is simply a contract of the drawer with the payee. When these instruments are en- dorsed, or when a bill of exchange is accepted, an additional contract is created. The study of the law governing negotiable instruments aims to acquire a knowledge of the terms and legal effect of the various obligations which may thus arise on negotiable paper. 5. THE CONTRACTS ON NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS ARE FORMAL CONTRACTS. — To understand the law of negotiable instruments some elementary knowledge of the law of contracts is desirable. Contracts may be divided into simple NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 9 contracts and formal contracts. Simple contracts owe their validity to mutual assent of the parties, to the terms of a promise, or set of promises for which the promisee gives consideration. The typical for- mal contract of English and American law has been the contract under seal which was enf orcible though no consideration was paid for it. For a detailed statement of what this implies, reference must be made to the volume dealing with business law gen- erally. Formal contracts depend for their validity on the form in which they are made. The con- tracts on negotiable instruments partake of the nature of simple contracts in requiring considera- tion for their validity but they also partake of the nature of formal contracts. No instrument and no contract on an instrument which does not comply with certain rules as to form is negotiable. More- over, the instrument itself is regarded as the obli- gation, not simply as evidence of it. 6. THE TERMS OF THE CONTRACTS ON NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS ARE LARGE- LY IMPLIED. — In an ordinary written contract the parties write out fully the terms of their agree- ment, but where the customs of business lead men to enter constantly into contracts of the same sort, abbreviated statements of the terms of their con- tracts are likely to be employed. Thirty days, for in- stance, may be used in a contract for the sale of goods to mean that the price of goods sold is not due for thirty days, and a variety of illustrations 10 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS might easily be given of abbreviated mercantile memoranda in contracts. So in bills of exchange and promissory notes — the terms of the contract are not fully expressed. The contract between the maker and payee of a promissory note is indeed stated with some fullness, but the contract of a drawer of a bill of exchange or of a check is not stated. In form such a document is merely an order on another to pay a certain sum of money, but by mercantile custom it is also in legal effect an abbre- viated promise that "If the drawee fails to pay on demand at maturity, and I am promptly notified of his failure, I will pay." The contract of an endorser is similarly to be understood from mercantile cus- tom not because of express language used. It is pos- sible to write on negotiable instruments contracts other than those made negotiable by custom of mer- chants. Thus a guaranty may be written on a bill or note, but its effect must be judged as a simple contract, as if it were on a separate paper. 7. WHAT IS MEANT BY NEGOTIABLE.— Contracts in our law may generally be assigned so that the assignee stands in the same position as the assignor. This is not true of all contracts, but it is the general rule. It would be true of any promise to pay money, even though it were not negotiable. What then is the importance of an instrument be- ing negotiable? It is mainly this: that the negotia- tion of a negotiable instrument to a holder in due course does not m erely g ive the holder the rights NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 11 of the original promisee, it gives him those rights free from any personal or equitable defence which might defeat them ; or, as it is often briefly put, ne- gotiation cuts off equities. This requires a brief definition of what is meant by an equity, an equit- able defence, or a personal defence, for all these' terms mean the same thing. 8. ABSOLUTE AND PERSONAL DE- FENCES. — The law distinguishes between a situa- tion where there is only apparently but not really a negotiable obligation, and a case where there is an actual negotiable obligation but for some rea- son in justice it should not be enforced. If the sig- nature of a maker to a negotiable instrument is forged, though he has apparently entered into a negotiable obligation, in fact he has not. If, how- ever, he has been induced by fraudulent misstate- ments to sign such an instrument, he has actually entered into a negotiable obligation, though it is unjust to enforce it in favor of the fraudulent payee. On the forged note nobody could recover against the apparent maker. On the fraudulent note the payee could not recover, but a holder in due course could. It may then be said that forgery is an abso- lute or real defence while such fraud as that given in the illustration is a personal or equitable defence, or, briefly, an equity. No equitable defence is avail- able against a holder in due course. That is, one who has paid value for the instrument before ma- turity in good faith without notice of the defence. 12 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS This distinction between absolute or real defences on the one hand and personal defences or equities on the other hand, is fundamental in the law of nego- tiable instruments, and it is essential to remember which defences fall under these headings. / 9. WHAT ARE REAL AND WHAT ARE PERSONAL DEFENCES.— The following de- fences to an obligation are absolute or real: First — The lack of genuineness of the signature. This may be due to forgery or it may be due to lack of authority on the part of an agent who made the signature on behalf of another. Second — Fraud of some kinds. Third — Lack of title, as where a holder claims through a forged endorsement. Fourth — Bankruptcy of the holder. Fifth — Material alteration of the instrument. Sixth — Legal incapacity as of a minor, an insane person, and in some jurisdictions — as to some mat- ters — a married woman. Seventh — Illegality of certain kinds. Eighth — The legal discharge of the instrument or the obligation in question. The following are personal defences, or equities only, and are not available against a holder in due course: First — Illegality of certain kinds. Second — Fraud generally. Third — Duress. Fourth — Lack of delivery of the instrument. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 13 Fifth — Lack of consideration. Sixth — Failure of consideration. Seventh — Discharge of the instrument before maturity. Eighth — A surety is discharged by certain deal- ings with his principal which are prejudicial to him. Ninth— Set-off. The meaning of these various defences will not be understood without the explanation of them hereafter given, but a list of them seems desirable in this place as a summary. There may be a defence to one obligation on a negotiable instrument and no defence to another. Sometimes all the obligations on an instrument are subject to the same defence, as where the instru- ment is materially altered after all the signatures have been put upon it. Sometimes there may be a defence of one kind to one obligation on the instru- ment, and a defence of another kind to another obligation. The obligation of each person whose name appears on the instrument frequently must be considered separately. 10. WHAT A STUDY OF THE NEGOTIA- BLE INSTRUMENTS LAW INCLUDES— The chief provisions of the Negotiable Instruments Law may be classified under the following headings: First— What is essential for the formation of a negotiable instrument or for a negotiable obliga- tion on such an instrument? Second — What is the full meaning of each con- 14 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS tract which is briefly stated on such an instrument. That is, what does a maker, drawer, acceptor, en- dorser in legal effect promise to do? Third — What are che absolute and what the per- sonal defences which may excuse a promisor from performing his promise? Fourth — Who is a holder in due course, and therefore not subject to personal defences or equi- ties? With this introduction we may take up the ex- amination of the language of the act, with appro- priate explanation and illustration, of the several sections. The meaning of some is plain enough without comment. Others, though perhaps plain to a lawyer, assume a general knowledge of law and legal phraseology which one who is not a lawyer cannot be expected to possess. CHAPTER II Title I of the Negotiable Instruments Law NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS IN GENERAL Article I — Form and Interpretation 12. SECTION 1.— [FORM OF NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT].— An instrument to be negotia- ble must conform to the following requirements: (1) It must be in writing and signed by the maker or drawer; (2) Must contain an unconditional promise or order to pay a sum certain in money; (3) Must be payable on demand, or at a fixed or determinable future time; (4) Must be payable to order or to bearer, and (5) Where the instrument is addressed to a drawee, he must be named or otherwise indicated therein with reasonable cer- tainty. NOTE. — In the Wisconsin Act the following is added: "But no order drawn upon or accepted by the treasurer of any county, town, city, village or school district, whether drawn by an officer thereof or any other person, and no ob- ligation nor instrument made by any such corporatioin or any officer thereof, unless expressly authorized by law to be made negotiable, shall, or shall be deemed to be negotiable, according to the custom of merchants, in whatever form they may be drawn or made. Warehouse receipts, bills of lading and railroad receipts upon the face of which the words 'not negotiable' shall not be plainly written, printed or stamped, shall be negotiable as provided in section 1676 of the Wisconsin Statutes of 1878, and in sections 4194 and 4425 of these statutes, as the same have been construed by the Supreme Court." 15 16 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 13. THE INSTRUMENT MUST BE WRIT- TEN AND SIGNED AND MAY BE SEALED.— The first section of the statute states briefly the requisites of a negotiable instrument. The follow- ing sections elaborate some of the requirements here enumerated. Let us run over these. "It must be in writing and signed by the maker or drawer." That is simple. It may be written in pencil so far as its legal validity is concerned, and the substance upon which it must be written makes no difference, but it must be written and signed. "Signed" does not necessarily mean subscribed at the end of the paper, though that is the usual and proper method of signing. "John Smith promises to pay one hun- dred dollars to Thomas Brown or order" is a pro- missory note if the name of John Smith was written by him with intent to authenticate the instrument. 14. THE INSTRUMENT MUST CONTAIN AN UNCONDITIONAL ORDER OR PROM- ISE. — The second requisite is, "It must contain an unconditional promise or order to pay a sum certain in money." That is not so simple. The words "un- condi onal promise" refer to promissory notes; the requirement of an unconditional order relates to bills of exchange or checks. Suppose a draft in this form : an order on the drawee to pay a specified sum on a fixed day adding "charge the same to the $1,800 account." Is that unconditional? Yes, but com- pare with it the same case slightly changed: an order to pay on a fixed day "out of the $1,800 due NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 17 me." That last form is not an unconditional order because by its terms the order depends on there being $1,800 due the drawer. If there is nothing due him, nothing would be payable under the terms of the order. But in the instrument as we stated it at first there was an order to pay and then a request to charge to a special account. (See Section 3.) There is one form of instrument which under the statute is an unconditional order though it might not seem to be. Making an instrument payable at a bank is an order on the bank to pay the instru- ment, and makes it in effect a bill of exchange drawn on the bank. (Section 87.) 15. ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIM IS NOT A BILL OF EXCHANGE.— Sometimes we see an instrument in the form of an assignment by a credi- tor of a claim which he has against a debtor accompanied by an order to pay the claim so assigned to a certain payee or assignee. That is not a bill of exchange, even though the words "order" or "bearer" are inserted, because it is an assignment of a particular claim. If the claim is not good then the drawer does not demand payment; he onl" /de- mands payment of the claim which he has agamst the drawee. The order is therefore conditional on his having a claim. On the other hand, if the order is unconditional it is immaterial, so far as the nego- tiability of the draft is concerned, that the drawer has no valid claim against the drawee and no right to draw on him. A check on a bank where the 18 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS drawer has no funds is as much a negotiable instru- ment as if he had funds, because the drawer does make an unconditional demand or order upon the bank. The promise in a note must be as uncondi- tional as the order in a draft. It will not do to say, i*T promise to pay the money in a certain event, or unless a certain event happens." 16. A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT MUST BE FOR A SUM CERTAIN IN MONEY.— An- other requirement of negotiability stated in sub- section 2 is that the instrument must be for "a sum certain in money." That involves a consideration both of what is money and what is a sum certain. What is meant by a sum certain is partly defined in section 6, subsection 5, to which reference is made. The meaning of money as used in the law is ordi- narily legal tender and except so far as section 6 modifies this rule of the Common Law, a negotiable instrument must be payable in legal tender. It will in effect be so payable if the instrument simply promises a stated sum of money, without stating in what medium the sum is to be paid ; but a promise to pay in bank notes is not a promise to pay legal tender. Whether an instrument so payable may be negotiable is discussed under section 6. 17. THE INSTRUMENT MUST BE CER- TAIN IN TIME OF MATURITY.— The third subsection provides that the instrument "must be payable on demand or at a fixed or determinable future time." Generally, instruments are payable NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 19 either at a fixed time or on demand, but sometimes bills of exchange are payable a fixed number of days after sight. When such a bill will become due is not fixed when the instrument is issued, but it can be fixed by presenting the instrument and starting the days to run. You cannot tell when you look at the instrument just how soon it will be due, but the holder can make it become due within the given number of days after sight by formally presenting the instrument. The time is therefore determin- able. Section 4 of the Law further defines what is meant in section 1 by "a fixed or determinable fu- ture time." 18. WORDS OF NEGOTIABILITY ARE NECESSARY. — Subsection 4 provides that the in- strument "must be payable to order or to bearer." It does not matter whether the instrument reads "to the order of A" or "to A or order." Legally those mean the same thing. It may be to the order of two or more jointly or to the order of any one or more of several. It may be to the order of the holder of an office for the time being (Section 8). It does not matter whether it is simply "to bearer" or, whether it is to "A or bearer." The definition of an instrument payable to bearer is further enlarged by section 9. To illustrate what has been said, that the obligations of the different parties to a nego- tiable instrument are separate contracts, we may suppose the case of a note, non-negotiable because of the omission of the words "order" or "bearer" 20 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS but indorsed by the payee in terms "to the order of" an indorser. The payee's indorsement is a nego- tiable contract, though the contract of the maker of the note is not. 19. THE DRAWEE MUST BE INDICATED. ' — Finally the last subsection of section 1 provides that the instrument, if a bill of exchange, must be addressed to a drawee indicated with reasonable certainty. But it may be addressed to two or more persons as joint drawees. (Section 128.) If the drawer and drawee of a bill are the same person, the instrument is in legal effect a promissory note and may be treated either as a bill or note. (Sec- tion 130.) There may also be in a bill a kind of subsidiary drawee, called a referee in case of need. If the drawee does not pay, the holder of the bill may call upon this referee. (Section 131.) 20. SECTION 2.— [CERTAINTY AS TO SUM; WHAT CONSTITUTES.] The sum pay- able is a sum certain within the meaning of this act, although it is to be paid: (1) With interest; or (2) By stated instalments; or (3) By stated instal- ments, with a provision that upon default in pay- ment of any instalment or of interest, the whole shall become due; or (4) With exchange, whether at a fixed rate or at the current rate; or (5) With costs of collection or an attorney's fee, in case pay- ment shall not be made at maturity. NOTE. — In the Acts of Idaho, Iowa and North Carolina, the words, "Or of interest" are omitted from Subsection (3). In Nebraska, North Carolina and South Dakota, there are provisions that nothing in the Act shall be construed as authorizing the enforcement of a stipulation for at- torney's fees. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 21 21. WHAT IS A SUM CERTAIN.— We have considered what is meant by money. What is meant by a "sum certain" is defined in section 2 to some extent. The first two subsections state what would without any statut^ have been obvious. As the rate of interest is fixed by the instrument the exact sum which will be due at maturity can be cal- culated by any one at any time. And the sum is equally definitely fixed though payable in instal- ments. The third subsection is not quite so clear. It may be thought that if such an instrument is open to any objection, it is rather open to the objec- tion that it is not payable at a fixed time, (for, as we shall see, that also is one of the requisites of nego- tiability), than to uncertainty of the amount. But a change in time of maturity will also involve a change in the amount due at maturity. However, the statute solves our difficulty. The sum is cer- tain within the meaning of the statute though the instrument is payable with exchange, either at a fixed rate or at the current rate. It is certain though payable with the cost of collection, or with an at- torney's fee if payment is not made at maturity. In these cases the sum is not really certain, but the net recovery which the holder v/ill realize is certain, and that has been thought sufficient ; but a provision in a note that it shall be subject to the payment of an attorney's fee when the note is unpaid and placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, whether the note is then due or not, is not within the protection 22 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS of the statute and would not be negotiable, since the sum is made uncertain. 22. ATTORNEY'S FEES.— The provisions of the statute in regard to attorney's fees has not alto- gether set at rest, however, a conflict of authority ^which existed prior to the passage of the Negotiable Instruments Law. Before the passage of that stat- ute four views were taken by different courts: (1) that the contract for attorney's fees was valid and the instrument was negotiable; (2) that the provi- sion was a valid simple contract between the parties but destroyed negotiability of the instrument; (3) that the provision was void and contrary to public policy, but being void did not affect negotiability; (4) that the usury laws prevented any fee which would make the total charge over and above the face of the note exceed the highest rate of interest allowed by the statute. The Negotiable Instru- ments Law makes it clear, where it is enacted, that the provision does not destroy negotiability, but whether the effect of the statute by implication is to make valid a provision which previously was void has been the subject of conflicting decisions. In Ohio and West Virginia, the Supreme Courts have held that the provision is void, though the note :^ negotiable. A contrary view has been taken by the Supreme Courts of Colorado and Virginia, that is that the provision is valid and the note negotiable. In Nebraska, North Carolina and South Dakota, the statute itself contains provisions that the act shall NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 23 not be construed as making valid a stipulation for attorney's fees. 23. SECTION 3.— [WHEN PROMISE IS UN- CONDITIONAL.] An unqualified order or prom- ise to pay is unconditional within the meaning of this act, though coupled with: (1) An indication of a particular fund out of which reimbursement is to be made, or a particular account to be debited with the amount; or (2) A statement of the transaction which gives rise to the instrument. But an order or promise to pay out of a particular fund is not un- conditional. 24. INDICATION OF A PARTICULAR FUND IS UNOBJECTIONABLE.— We have seen that a promise or order to pay which is dependent on the existence or sufficiency of a fund or credit cannot be negotiable, but a statement of the fund or account to which the payment is to be charged is not objectionable for the sum is to be paid irrespect- ive of whether the fund or credit is sufficient to meet the charge. 25. STATEMENT OF THE TRANSACTION GIVING RISE TO THE INSTRUMENT.— One matter in regard to the unconditional quality of the promise required in a note may be worth mention- ing. It is provided in section 3 (2) that it does not make an instrument non-negotiable if it contains a statement of the transaction which gave rise to the instrument. Suppose this case: a note in ordinary form adds these words, "This note was given for a horse, the title to v/hich is to remain in the seller 24 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS until this note is paid." The Massachusetts court and some other courts held, before the passage of the Negotiable Instruments Law, that that note was not negotiable, on the ground that if the horse should die the maker of the note would not have to pay it, since there would be what is called "failure of consideration," for the note when the horse for which it was given died, and any purchaser of the note would have notice from its terms of this possi- bility. Other courts held that the buyer of a horse under those circumstances would have to pay the price even though the horse died. The Massachu- setts court under its view held such a note non- negotiable, since in effect it was conditional; the other courts held it was unconditional and negotia- ble, and it looks as if the same controversy might arise under the present act. There certainly is no harm in stating the transaction which gave rise to the instrument if nothing further is added, that is, it will do to say, "This note was given for a horse," or, "This note was given for a ditch," but probably it would not do to add to a note, "This note was given for a horse and is not to be paid if the horse dies," nor, "This note is given for a ditch to be dug and is not to be paid unless the ditch is dug," for when you add those last words you do indicate that there is a condition to the promise of the maker and that he is not to pay in every event. Now if that condition is implied it must be just as bad as if it is expressly stated. Suppose the addition, "This note is given NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 25 for a ditch to be dug." Does that carry with it the implication that unless the ditch is dug the maker is not going to pay? It certainly suggests that impli- cation, and if so, it would seem that the note was conditional and not, therefore, a negotiable instru- ment. It is, of course, not necessary that an instru- ment should state the transaction which gave rise to it, or even that it was given for value [Section 6 (2)]. 26. SECTION 4.-— [DETERMINABLE FU- TURE TIME; WHAT CONSTITUTES.] An instrument is payable at a determinable future time, within the meaning of this act, which is expressed to be payable: (1) At a fixed period after date or sight; or (2) On or before a fixed or determinable future time specified therein; or (3) On or at a fixed period after the occurrence of a specified event, which is certain to happen, though the time of hap- pening be uncertain. An instrument payable upon a contingency is not negotiable and the happening of the event does not cure the defect. NOTE. — In the Wisconsin Act instead of the last para- graph, the following is inserted: "(4) At a fixed period after the date or sight, though payable before then on a contingency. An instrument payable upon a contingency is not negotiable, and the happening of the event does not cure the defect, except as herein provided." 27. CERTAINTY OF TIME OF PAYMENT. — The typical negotiable instrument is payable at a fixed day in the future, as on July 1, 1916, or in three months from date. An instrument payable on de- mand or at sight or at a fixed period after demand 26 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS or sight involves a little extension of the principle of certainty, since no one can tell exactly when demand will be made, but as the holder can make the time certain by making demand, the value of such an in- strument is exactly calculable, and there has never been any question that such instruments are nego- tiable. But the statute allows negotiability to some instruments where there was doubt at common law, though the statute has followed what was previ- ously the weight of authority. An instrument may be payable "on or before" a fixed or determinable future time. Therefore, a note payable on or before July 1 is a negotiable instrument. If this means at the option of the holder there would be no more lack of certainty than in demand paper since in effect the instrument would be payable on demand prior to July 1, and if no prior demand were made, then on that day. But the option is that of the maker, and it is impossible for the holder to tell whether the option will be exercised. Still he knows the exact day when at latest the instrument is payable. A further latitude, however, is allowed by the enact- ment in subsection 3 that an instrument is nego- tiable though it is payable on an event "which is certain to happen, though the time of happening be uncertain." That, it seems, is an objectionable pro- vision, and the only reason that the objection is not more apparent is because the case which is permit- ted is such a rare one. A common illustration given is a note payable on a man's death; that is a time NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 27 certain to happen, but the time of happening is un- certain. Now such a note is wholly unsuited for the purpose of negotiable instruments. Negotiable in- struments are intended as a kind of adjunct to money, as something that has a definite value and which can be dealt with on that assumption. It is because of this idea, that negotiable instruments are a kind of adjunct to money, that all these require- ments which we are considering as to certainty of the promise, the certainty of the time and the cer- tainty of the medium of payment are made. But an instrument payable at a man's death is, of course, of speculative value. It is customary to contrast with such an instrument an instrument made by a bache- lor payable on his marriage. That is not certain to happen ; he may never marry, and therefore such an instrument is not negotiable, even under the broad words of the Negotiable Instruments Law. So a draft payable on the arrival of certain goods is not negotiable. The goods may never arrive. 28. SECTION 5.— [ADDITIONAL PROVI- SIONS NOT AFFECTING NEGOTIABILITY.] An instrument which contains an order or promise to do any act in addition to the payment of money is not negotiable. But the negotiable character of an instrument otherwise negotiable is not affected by a provision which: (1) Authorizes the sale of collateral securities in case the instrument be not paid at maturity; or (2) Authorizes a confession of judgment if the instrument be not paid at maturity; or (3) Waives the benefit of any law intended for 28 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS the advantage or protection of the obHgor; or <^4) Gives the holder an election to require something to be done in lieu of payment of money. But nothing in this section shall validate any provision or stipu- lation otherwise illegal. NOTE. — In the Illinois Act, the words "under this Act," are added at the end of the first sentence. The effect of this insertion is that the peculiar law previously in force in Illinois allowing negotiability to promises for the delivery of other things than money still remains in force after the enactment of the Negotiable Instruments Law. In the Illinois Act, also the words "if the instrument be not paid at maturity," are omitted from subsection (2). In the Ken- tucky Act subsection (3) is omitted. In the Wisconsin Act the words: "Or authorize the waiver of exemptions from execution," are added at the end of the section. 29. THERE MUST BE NO ADDITIONAL ORDERS OR PROMISES.— After the require- ments in the earlier sections of what a negotiable instrument must contain, section 5 provides what it must not contain. There must not be any other ad- ditional order or promise. The reason for this is the same as for all the formal requisites of bills and notes — namely that the face of the instrument may show plainly an obligation, the pecuniary value of which can be calculated. The rule forbidding addi- tional orders or promises, which is taken by the statute from the common law, becomes quite im- portant in regard to some of the collateral notes which are used. 30. ADDITIONAL POWERS MAY BE GIV- EN. — Section 5 authorizes several provisions in a note as to which there had been some litigation NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 29 prior to the enactment of the Negotiable Instru- ments Law. Thus a power in the instrument to sell collateral securities in case the instrument is not paid at maturity does not interfere with nego- tiability, nor does a power to confess a judgment if the instrument is not paid at maturity, but that is unimportant in some States because their law does not allow a confession of judgment beforehand by a debtor as part of an obligation, whether negotiable or not. In other States, however, a debtor can give his creditor at the time the debt is created a power authorizing the clerk of court to enter judgment against him, whenever the creditor may request. It is also not destructive of negotiability for the maker or drawer to waive the benefit of any stay or ex- emption law. That provision too is unimportant in some States because they do not allow such ex- emptions as the law gives to a debtor to be waived in advance. Nor is it objectionable that the note gives the holder an election to require something to be done in lieu of the payment of money. That last provision seems a considerable addition to mercan- tile theory. Suppose a promise or order to pay A $100, or at A's election to build a bay window on his house. Such an alternative seems rather for- eign, perhaps, to the idea that negotiable instru- ments are things of a fixed value current as an ad- junct to money, but you will observe that it is the holder who has the option and the holder can always demand money, and therefore can properly fix a 30 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS value on that note as if it were simply for $100. If the option is given to the maker of the instrument it destroys negotiability. 31. ILLUSTRATIONS OF ADDITIONAL PROMISES WHICH DESTROY NEGOTIA- IBILITY. — Now these additions, of which we have spoken, to the promise in the note or order in the bill are all additional powers given to the holder rather than additional promises made by the ma- ker, and the purpose of these powers is to make more certain of performance the main promise to pay. Let us suggest in contrast some additional promises made by the maker. A maker signs a note which includes this statement: "There is de- posited to secure this note 100 shares of New York Central, and if at any time this security shall be deemed by the payee of the note insufficient collat- eral, I promise to deposit further collateral." That instrument would not be negotiable. There is in addition to the promise to pay money a promise to deposit further collateral, and we suppose any col- lateral note in which the maker promises to do other things than to pay the amount of the note is not a negotiable instrument. Powers given to the holder of the instrument to sell the collateral would not render the instrument non-negotiable. A power, however, to declare the instrument due might be regarded as more objectionable, but probably even that would be held to come within the provision of the statute which says that an instrument payable NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 31 on or before a fixed date is valid. In a recent case there was a stipulation on the back of a note that it was secured by collateral and that the payee agreed to look to this security for its payment. It was held that that provision written on the note rendered it non-negotiable. It was in fact not a promise to pay at all events, but a promise to pay out of a particular fund, and if the fund proved insufficient by the terms of the promise nothing would be due. 32. SECTION 6.— [OMISSIONS; SEAL; PAR- TICULAR MONEY.] The vaHdity and negotia- ble character of an instrument are not effected by the fact that: (1) It is not dated; or (2) Does not specify the value given, or that any value has been given therefor; or (3) Does not specify the place where it is drawn or the place where it is payable; or (4) Bears a seal; or (5) Designates a particular kind of current money in which payment is to be made. But nothing in this section shall alter or repeal any statute requiring in certain cases the nature of the consideration to be stated in the instrument. NOTE. — In the Illinois Act the following words are in- serted at the beginning of subsection (5). "Is payable in current funds: or", and that Act also does not contain the final paragraph of the section. 33. DATE OF A NEGOTIABLE INSTRU- MENT.- — The lack of a date is unimportant in an instrument unless it is in terms payable a certain period after date. If an instrument in this form were undated it would be an incomplete instrument which would have to be dealt with as provided in section 13. 32 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 34. VALUE RECEIVED.— Negotiable instru- ments usually state that they are for value received and this mode of expression is of great antiquity. The original theory of a bill of exchange, which was the earliest form of negotiable instrument, was based on the assumption that the purpose of the parties was to exchange a sum of money actually received by the drawer at his residence for a sum of money to be paid by the drawee at another place. Nevertheless, in recent times at any rate, even apart from statute, it has not been necessary to insert either such a general statement of consideration as the words for "value received," or a particular statement of the actual consideration given. The last paragraph of section 6 refers to certain special statutes in a number of States requiring that notes given for a patent right shall so state, and there are other statutes in a few jurisdictions requiring a statement of the consideration in notes given for lightning rods, or stallions, or to pedlers. Such statutes, however, are distinctly exceptional. 35. PLACE OF DRAWING OR PAYMENT.— A negotiable instrument need not state where it is drawn or where it is payable, because in the ab- sence of such a statement the law is able to deter- mine the place with accuracy. A bill is drawn or a note is made where it is delivered. It is payable at the usual place of business or residence of the per- son who should make payment. (See section 133.) 36. SEAL AND NEGOTIABILITY.— It was a NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 33 rule of the common law that a sealed instrument could not be negotiable. This was due to the fact that under the custom of merchants from which the law of bills and notes developed, such instruments were not sealed. When, however, business cor- porations became common as they did for the first time in the nineteenth century, and especially when it was desired to issue series of bonds which should be payable to bearer and negotiable, the common law rule caused trouble. Some courts without the aid of statutes declared that mercantile custom had extended itself so that bonds payable to bearer be- came negotiable within the custom of merchants. But the matter was not so free from doubt, as a gen- eral proposition, as could have been wished. Sub- section 4 of this section, however, settles the matter. 37. INSTRUMENTS PAYABLE IN CUR- RENCY. — An instrument is none the less negotia- ble because it "designates a particular kind of cur- rent money in which payment is to be made ;" that is, a negotiable instrument may be payable in any kind of current money, as in gold or in $1 bills or other current money. But what does current money mean? Prior to the passage of the Nego- tiable Instruments Law there was considerable liti- gation on the question whether an instrument pay- able in currency or in current funds was negotiable. Some courts held that currency or current funds meant the money or legal tender that was current, and therefore, that the instrument was negotiable. 34 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS Other courts said that currency or current funds meant what was current as money, that is, used as such ; whether, in fact, it was money or not. It seems probable that the latter meaning is really the true sense of the words, and under that mean- ing if it is requisite that a negotiable instrument shall be payable in money, an instrument payable in currency or current funds is not negotiable. It is probable that the Negotiable Instruments Law was meant to settle this controversy when it pro- vided that an instrument is negotiable though it designates a particular kind of current money in which payment is to be made; but it cannot be said that those words do settle the controversy. "Current money" as used in the statute does not seem the equivalent of "currency or current funds," if the latter words are understood to mean what is used as money whether it is really money or not. The Supreme Court of Iowa, indeed, has held that a check payable in current funds is not payable in money and is therefore not negotia- ble. It has been suggested that this section of the Negotiable Instruments Law be universally amended as it has been in Illinois, so that the sub- section in question shall read that the negotiable character of an instrument shall not be affected by the fact that it is payable in currency or current funds, or designates a particular kind of current money in which payment is to be made. In the meantime it is safer not to accept as negotiable any NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 35 instrument expressed as payable in currency or cur- rent funds. 38. SECTION 7.— [WHEN PAYABLE ON DEMAND.] An instrument is payable on de- mand: (1) Where it is expressed to be payable on demand, or at sight, or on presentation; or (2) In which no time for payment is expressed. Where an instrument is issued, accepted, or in- dorsed when overdue, it is, as regards the person so issuing, accepting, or indorsing it, payable on de- mand. 39. WHEN AN INSTRUMENT IS PAYABLE ON DEMAND. — It has already been said that an instrument may be payable on demand. Section 7 of the statute provides that an instrument is pay- able on demand whether it is expressed to be so payable or at sight or on presentation, also when no time of maturity is expressed in an instrument or when it is negotiated after maturity. By a later amendment to the Negotiable Instruments Law the Massachusetts statutes have revived the sight draft as a distinct form of instrument, and the same thing has been done in New Hampshire and North Caro- lina, but not generally. The only distinction be- tween a sight draft and a demand dr?ift in these States is that a sight draft is entitled to three days grace, while neither demand paper or time paper under the Negotiable Instrument Law is so enti- tled. Under the Negotiable Instruments Law itself the sight instrument is made identical with the de- mand instrument. 36 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 40. RIGHTS AGAINST PARTY TO OVER- DUE PAPER. — Negotiable paper is not often issued or accepted when on its face overdue, but it is entirely possible and the statute in section 7 (2) provides for it. Indorsement of overdue paper, however, is common enough. The indorsee is not a holder in due course, and takes subject to defences, but he has rights against his indorser. In effect the indorsee has, so far as this last indorser is con- cerned, a right to treat the instrument as the in- dorsement of a new demand note, which may be presented within a reasonable time after the in- dorsement, even though it had been previously presented and dishonored, and may charge this in- dorser if the note is not paid on the subsequent pre- sentment though other indorsers whose names were on the instrument before the dishonor would be dis- charged if due diligence had not previously been exercised. 41. SECTION 8.— [WHEN PAYABLE TO ORDER.] The instrument is payable to order where it is drawn payable to the order of a specified person or to him or his order. It may be drawn payable to the order of: (1) A payee who is not maker, drav/er, or drawee; or (2) The drawer or maker; or (3) The drawee; or (4) Two or more payees jointly; or (5) One or some of several pay- ees; or (6) The holder of an office for the time being. Where the instrument is payable to order the payee must be named or otherwise indicated therein vv^ith reasonable certainty. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 37 NOTE, — In the Illinois Act after subsection (6) is in- serted: "(7) An instrument payable to the estate of a de- ceased person shall be deemed payable to the order of the administrator or executor of his estate," 42. WHO MAY BE A PAYEE.— An instru- ment payable to A, or order, or payable to the order of A, is identical in legal effect; though an instru- ment in the latter form literally does not say that there is any payee until A makes an order to pay to someone yet A is legally the payee. Not infrequent- ly instruments are made payable on their face to the order of the maker himself, but an instrument in this form is not really a completed instrument, it only becomes so by endorsement; if the endorse- ment is to a particular person that person is in effect the payee of the instrument. If the indorse- ment is in blank the instrument is payable to bearer. Other kinds of payees besides those enumerated in section 8 are those enumerated in subsections 3 and 4 of the following section. Subsection 6 of section 8 changed the previ- ously existing rule of the Common Law. Until the passage of the Negotiable Instruments Law a bill or note payable to the "Treasurer of the A Com^ pany" was payable to the person who was treasurer at the time the instrument was delivered, and though he ceased to be treasurer, the instrument was still payable to him, and he alone could indorse it. Now such an instrument would be payable in effect to the office of treasurer and whoever held that office at any time could indorse as treasurer. 38 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 43. SECTION 9.— [WHEN PAYABLE TO BEARER.] The instrument is payable to bearer: (1) When it is expressed to be so payable; or (2) When it is payable to a person named therein or bearer; or (3) When it is payable to the order of a fictitious or non-existing person, and such fact was known to the person making it so payable; or (4) When the name of the payee does not purport to be the name of any person; or (5) When the only or last indorsement is an indorsement in blank. NOTE. — In the Illinois Act subsections (3) and (5) are as follows: "(3) When it is payable to the order of a per- son known by the drawer or maker to be fictitious or non- existent, or of a living person not intended to have any in- terest in it." "(5) When, although originally payable to order, it is indorsed in blank by the payee or a subsequent indorsee." 4^. FICTITIOUS PAYEES.— The first two subsections of section 9 present no difficulty but the enactment in subsection 3 that an instrument is pay- able to bearer when by its terms it is payable to the order of a fictitious or nonexisting person, and such fact was known to the person making it so payable, needs some comment. Let us illustrate that situa- tion a moment: a firm in New York has an em- ployee whose duty it is to buy goods, verify the bills for the goods, draw checks payable to the sel- lers of the goods, and bring the checks to the mem- bers of the firm for signature. This employee, de- siring to commit a fraud, pretends that certain lots of goods have been received, and draws checks which he presents to his employer for signature, gets them signed, then indorses them and obtains NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 39 the money. Now are those checks payable to bear- er? If so, the bank which paid them has made a good payment. If they are not payable to bearer, however, unless they are properly indorsed, the bank which pays them is not entitled to charge the payment against its customer's account. They are not payable to bearer because if the person to whom they were payable was fictitious that was not known to the drawer, the person making them so payable. Whether they were payable to the em- ployee himself, so that his indorsement of them is valid, is then the question. He intended that the check should be used by him and in effect he intend- ed to be the payee, but the drawer did not intend to make him so. We may suppose that the drawer in signing a check payable to X Y for goods had in mind that there was a genuine firm of that name or he would not have signed the check. If in fact there v/as a genuine person or firm it alone could indorse ; if there was not a genuine firm, then nobody could indorse. The instrument would not be payable to bearer because the drawer did not know that the payee was fictitious. It would not be payable to the fraudulent clerk, or to any other existing per- son, because the drawer did not intend that the check should be payable to him. 45. OTHER INSTRUMENTS PAYABLE TO BEARER. — Section 9 also enumerates as payable to bearer an instrument where the payee does not purport to be the name of any person, as "cash;'* 40 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS and finally, where the only or last indorsement is an indorsement in blank. This provision involves at least an apparent conflict with section 40 of the act. Section 40 provides that if an instrument payable to bearer is indorsed specially, it may nevertheless be further negotiated by delivery. Suppose, then, an instrument is payable to bearer on its face, the holder of it indorses it specially to Y; Y loses the instrument, it is found by W, who sells it before maturity to Z, an innocent holder. Can Z sue on that instrument in spite of the fact that it is spec- ially indorsed to Y? It would seem under section 40 that he can. The instrument, though payable to bearer and specially indorsed, may nevertheless be further negotiated by delivery. Contrast with that case the following: an instrument payable to the order of A on the face is indorsed by A in blank, and a subsequent holder, B, indorses specially to C ; that instrument is also lost and picked up and sold to Z, a bona fide purchaser. Can Z here disregard the special indorsement and go back to the blank indorsement and claim under that as on an instru- ment payable to bearer? It seems he cannot do that, for section 9 (5) says an instrument is payable to bearer when the only or last indorsement is an indorsement in blank. In this case the last indorse- ment was a special indorsement; accordingly, the instrument when sold to Z was no longer payable to bearer, and Z, therefore, would have to get the indorsement of the special indorsee in order to get NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 41 title. Section 40 probably does not affect this case, because the instrument was on its face payable to order — not to bearer. In other words, Sections 40 and 9 (5) can only be made to avoid a contradiction of one another by confining the application of Sec- tion 40 to instruments payable on the face to bearer and by holding such instruments as are covered by Section 9 (5) not included. On strict theory a blank indorsement is a blank power authorizing the hold- er to insert his own name or that of anyone else as indorsee, but under the statute a blank indorsement is a little more than that; it is making the instru- ment payable to bearer, though the holder by in- serting the name of himself or of another person in the blank space above the indorsement name may change the instrument from one payable to bearer to one payable to a special indorsee or order. The only practical difference between treating an instrument with a blank indorsement as payable to bearer or as giving a power to any holder is merely that on the latter supposition the instrument is in- complete until the power is exercised and the blank would have to be filled in before the holder could sue. 46. SECTION 10.— [TERMS WHEN SUFFI- CIENT.] The instrument need not follow the language of this act, but any terms are sufficient which clearly indicate an intention to conform to the requirements hereof. 47. SECTION 11.— [DATE, PRESUMPTION AS TO.] Where the instrument or an acceptance 42 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS or any indorsement thereon is dated, such date is deemed prima facie to be the true date of the mak- ing, drawing, acceptance, or indorsement as the case may be. 48. INSTRUMENT TAKES EFFECT FROM DELIVERY.— Though the date written on a nego- tiable instrument is often important, it should be remembered that the instrument takes effect not from the day it bears date, but from the day of delivery, and this is true of any obligation upon a negotiable instrument, whether that of maker, drawer, acceptor or indorser. 49. SECTION 12.— [ANTE-DATED AND POST-DATED.] The instrument is not invalid for the reason only that it is ante-dated or post- dated, provided this is not done for an illegal or fraudulent purpose. The person to whom an in- strument so dated is delivered acquires the title thereto as of the date of delivery. 50. FRAUDULENT ANTE-DATING OR POST-DATING.— This section suggests but does not answer the question, what is the effect of ante- dating or post-dating an instrument for an illegal or fraudulent purpose. The implication from the sec- tion would be that such an instrument was invalid, but its invalidity could probably not be set up against a holder in due course. Suppose a note actu- ally made and delivered on Sunday is ante-dated or post-dated so that it shall appear to have been made on Saturday or Monday. In a jurisdiction where the Sunday law forbids doing business on that day, NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 43 doubtless the instrument could not be enforced be- tween the original parties, but one who purchased the instrument having no knowledge of the facts would certainly be justified in relying on the date as written. The mere fact that an instrument is post- dated does not prevent one who takes it with knowledge of the fact from being a holder in due course. 51. SECTION 13.— [WHEN DATE MAY BE INSERTED.] Where an instrument expressed to be payable at a fixed period after date is issued un- dated, or where the acceptance of an instrument payable at a fixed period after sight is undated, any holder may insert therein the true date of issue or acceptance, and the instrument shall be payable ac- cordingly. The insertion of a wrong date does not avoid the instrument in the hands of a subsequent holder in due course; but as to him, the date so inserted is to be regarded as the true date. 52. INSERTION OF WRONG DATE.— No question is likely to arise under this section where the true date is inserted after the issue of the instru- ment. The final sentence of the section, however, suggests an inquiry. The implication of the sen- tence is that the insertion of a wrong date will avoid an instrument in the hands of the original person who made the insertion ; or in the hands of any one taking from him with notice or after maturity, for such a person is not a holder in due course. This seems a heavy penalty if the erroneous date was inserted without fraudulent intent, and on the sup- 44 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS position that the date inserted was the true one. The moral to be drawn is that a date should not be inserted in an undated instrument unless one is per- fectly sure that the insertion represents the true date. 53. SECTION 14.— [BLANKS; WHEN MAY BE FILLED.] Where the instrument is wanting in any material particular, the person in possession thereof has a prima facie authority to complete it by filling up the blanks therein. And a signature on a blank paper delivered by the person making the signature in order that the paper may be converted into a negotiable instrument operates as a prima facie authority to fill up as such for any amount. In order, however, that any such instrument when completed may be enforced against any person who became a party thereto prior to its completion, it must be filled up strictly in accordance with the authority given and within a reasonable time. But if any such instrument, after completion, is nego- tiated to a holder in due course, it is valid and effec- tual for all purposes in his hands, and he may en- force it as if it had been filled up strictly in accord- ance with the authority given and within a reason- able time. NOTE.— In the Illinois Act the words "issued or" are inserted before "negotiated" in the last sentence. In the Wisconsin Act the words "prior to negotiation" are ^ in- serted before the words "by filling;" and the words "prima facie" in the middle of the section are omitted. 54. FILLING BLANKS.— This section deals generally with the problem of which one applica- tion was discussed under the preceding section with reference to an omission of the date. By fil- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 45 ling in a blank we do not mean filling in a space carelessly left in the place where the amount of the instrument is written, but the filling in of a space intentionally left. The statute makes express pro- vision for this sort of thing in sections 13, 14, 15 and 138. In substance, the effect of these sections is that any holder in due course who takes the instru- ment after it has been completely filled in can enforce it. The person who left the blanks is bound by the way they are filled in so far as the holder in due course is concerned, but any one who took the instrument while there were still blanks in it must at his peril find out what the actual authority is to fill in the blanks, and he can only recover to the extent that actual authority was given to fill in the blanks. The troublesome case is where the holder takes the instrument after the blanks have been filled in, but knowing that there had been blanks. Is that person bound to find out at his peril what the original authority was? That seems on the wording of the statute a doubtful case. These are the facts of a case that arose in England : the defen- dant signed blank forms of promissory notes and left them with his attorney, giving, however, the attorney no authority to complete and issue these notes until instructed by telegraph or letter from the maker. Nevertheless, the attorney, without fur- ther instruction, filled up the blanks, making the plaintiff the payee of the notes. The plaintiff bought the notes in good faith and for value, but he knew, 46 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS nevertheless, that they had been signed in blank and had been left with the attorney ; but the payee supposed the attorney was following the directions which had been given him by the maker. The plaintiff made no inquiry in regard to the attorney's lauthority. He took it for granted that the attorney was acting properly. The English court held that the maker was not liable on those instruments. It seems like a pretty hard decision. Perhaps it might not be followed in this country. Nevertheless, the fact that there has been one such decision, and a decision under the English statute, which is identi- cal with the American Negotiable Instruments Law, in the provisions controlling this question, makes the probability rather that way. 55. SECTION 15. — [INCOMPLETE IN- STRUMENT NOT DELIVERED.] Where an incomplete instrument has not been delivered it will not, if completed and negotiated, without author- ity, be a valid contract in the hands of any holder, as against any person whose signature was placed thereon before delivery. 56. LACK OF DELIVERY AN ABSOLUTE DEFENCE TO AN INCOMPLETE INSTRU- MENT. — This section should be contrasted with the following one. Lack of delivery of a com- pleted instrument does not excuse one whose name is attached to it. There is only what we have called a personal defence or equity which will not be available against a holder in due course. But if the instrument is incomplete it cannot be made NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 47 valid even in the hands of such a holder. In other words when we attach our names to a completed instrument we must guard it at our peril. Even if stolen from us we may be made liable upon it; but while it is incomplete we run no such risk. 57. SECTION 16.— [DELIVERY: WHEN EF- FECTUAL: WHEN PRESUMED.] Every con- tract on a negotiable instrument is incomplete and revocable until delivery of the instrument for the purpose of giving effect thereto. As between im- mediate parties, and as regards a remote party other than a holder in due course, the delivery, in order to be effectual, must be made either by or under the authority of the party making, drawing, accepting or indorsing, as the case may be; and in such case the delivery may be shown to have been conditional, or for a special purpose only, and not for the purpose of transferring the property in the instrument. But where the instrument is in the hands of a holder in due course, a valid delivery thereof by all parties prior to him so as to make them liable to him is conclusively presumed. And where the instrument is no longer in the possession of a party whose signature appears thereon, a valid and intentional delivery by him is presumed until the contrary is proved. NOTE. — In the North Carolina Act the word "accept- ing" is omitted from the second sentence. In the Kansas Act the third sentence of the section is omitted. 58. LACK OF DELIVERY OF A COMPLETE INSTRUMENT IS A PERSONAL DEFENCE. — ^Though the opening sentence of this section says delivery is essential, a later sentence says that when 48 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS in the hands of a holder in due course an instru- ment is "conclusively presumed" to have been deliv- ered. That means that even though there was no delivery there will be liability to a holder in due course. The result of the section is that a party whose signature is on an instrument but who never delivered the signed instrument has a personal de- fence or equity but nothing more. 59. SECTION 17. — [CONSTRUCTION WHERE INSTRUMENT IS AMBIGUOUS.] Where the language of the instrument is ambigu- ous or there are omissions therein, the following rules of construction apply: (1) Where the sum payable is expressed in words and also in figures and there is a discrepancy between the two, the sum denoted by the words is the sum payable ; but if the words are ambiguous or uncertain, reference may be had to the figures to fix the amount; (2) Where the instrument provides for the payment of interest, without specifying the date from which interest is to run, the interest runs from the date of the instrument, and if the instrument is undated, from the issue thereof. (3) Where the instrument is not dated, it will be considered to be dated as of the time it was issued; (4) Where there is a con- flict between the written and printed provisions of the instrument, the written provisions prevail; (5) Where the instrument is so ambiguous that there is doubt whether it is a bill or note, the holder may treat it as either at his election; (6) Where a signa- ture is so placed upon the instrument that it is not clear in what capacity the person making the same intended to sign, he is to be deemed an indorser; NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 49 (7) Where an instrument containing the words "I promise to pay" is signed by two or more persons, they are deemed to be jointly and severally liable thereon. NOTE.— In the North Carolina Act subsection (2) is omitted. In the Wisconsin Act is added: "(8) Where several writings are executed at or about the same time, as parts of the same transactions, intended to accomplish the same object, they may be construed as one and the same in- strument as to all parties having notice thereof." 60. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.— The pro- visions of this section are in the main self explana- tory. The figures which it is customary to put in a bill or note to indicate the amount are not regarded strictly as part of the instrument. If the amount is also written out in words the figures are considered merely a memorandum. The 4th sub-section states a rule of construction that is applicable not only to bills and notes but to all written contracts. The rule rests on the natural supposition that the parties are more likely to have overlooked or mis- read the printed matter in the form which they used than they are to have written what they did not intend. The typical case, which gave rise to the 5th subsection, presented an instrument in this form, "On demand I promise to pay B, or bearer, the sum of £15 value received." This was signed and addressed to J. Bell, to whom it was presented, and who wrote upon it "accepted, J. Bell." It was held that Bell was liable as an acceptor of a bill though the holder might, had he chosen, have sued the original signer of the instrument as the maker 50 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS of a promissory note. The 7th subsection follows the rule of the common law. The instrument as written is self contradictory, being signed by sev- eral persons, but beginning *T" promise to pay. If it read "we promise to pay," the obligation would |be joint; that is, all the parties would have to be joined in an action. The use of the word "I," how- ever, is thought to indicate an intent that each per- son shall be severally liable; therefore the makers of such an instrument may all be sued jointly or each of them may be sued separately. 61. SECTION 18.— [LIABILITY OF PER- SON SIGNING IN TRADE OR ASSUMED NAME.] No person is liable on the instrument whose signature does not appear thereon, except as herein otherwise expressly provided. But one who signs in a trade or assumed name will be liable to the same extent as if he had signed in his own name. 62. FORM OF SIGNATURE.— This section applies to negotiable instruments a rule which the common law applied to sealed instruments but did not apply to oral contracts or to informal written contracts, namely, that a person who has osten- sibly contracted could not be shown to have been an agent for a principal whether the principal was disclosed or undisclosed. If, on behalf of his prin- cipal, an agent enters into a simple contract with another person, the latter can charge the principal on the agent's contract even though the agent did not announce that he was acting on behalf of his NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 51 principal, and this fact was wholly unknown at the time to the person with whom he dealt. On the other hand in sealed instruments and in negotiable instruments, the person who signs the documents is the only party liable, and it is immaterial that the payee or other holders of the instrumient know that he signed the instrument on behalf of his principal and in his principal's business. A name may be signed by mark or by any assumed name. It is sometimes supposed that we cannot change our names without the authority of court or legisla- ture, but in fact anybody can assume any name he pleases; at least if he does so without fraudulent intent. It may take some time for an assumed name to become known as his, so as to give him a right to complain if other persons do not identify him as the one intended by the name, but he will incur liability without difficulty the very first time he uses an assumed name if he signs it to an obliga- tion. 63. SECTION 19. — [SIGNATURE BY AGENT; AUTHORITY; HOW SHOWN.] Thei signature of any party may be made by a duly authorized agent. No particular form of appoint- ment is necessary for this purpose ; and the author- ity of the agent may be established as in other cases of agency. NOTE. — In the Kentucky Act instead of this section it is provided that: "The signature of any party may be made by an agent duly authorized in writing." 52 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 64. WHEN A SIGNATURE BY AN AGENT BINDS THE PRINCIPAL.— An agent may bind his principal by signing negotiable paper if (1) the agent had actual or apparent authority so to do, and (2) exercises the authority by a form of signa- ture sufficient to charge the principal. A signature of the principal's name by the agent without any indication that the namic was signed by an agent is sufficient, though business propriety requires that the instrument should state that the principal's name was signed "by A. B. Agent." A signature of the agent's name followed by the words "on ac- count" of a named principal makes the instrument the obligation of the principal, so if made on "be- half of" or "for" a named principal. 65. SECTION 20.— [LIABILITY OF PER- SON SIGNING AS AGENT, ETC.] Where the instrument contains or a person adds to his signa- ture words indicating that he signs for or on behalf of a principal, or in a representative capacity, he is not liable on the instrument if he was duly author- ized ; but the mere addition of words describing him as an agent, or as filling a representative character, without disclosing his principal, does not exempt him from personal liability. NOTE.— In the Virginia Act after the word "capacity" the words "without disclosing his principal" are inserted. 66. DESCRIPTIO PERSONAE.— In contrast with the cases referred to under the previous sec- tions are to be noted numerous cases where it is held that the mere addition of the word "agent" or NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 53 such official designation as "President," "Treas- urer," "Trustee," in the absence of words in the body of the instrument showing a different intent does not make the instrument the obligation of the principal or corporation, but the obligation is that of the agent or official personally. The addition to the signature is treated as matter of description like "Colonel" or "Professor." This result doubt- less violates the intention of the parties in most in- stances. The reason for its adoption is because if the agent were not held personally liable, no one would be liable. The principal could not be be- cause he is not named in the instrument, and, as has already been said, no one whose signature does not appear on the instrument can be held liable upon it. If, however, the body of the instrument states the nam.e of the principal the signature "A. B. Agent," will make the obligation that of the princi- pal, not of the agent. 67. SECTION 21.— [SIGNATURE BY PRO- CURATION; EFFECT OF.] A signature by "procuration" operates as notice that the agent has but a limited authority to sign, and the principal ist bound only in case the agent in so signing acted within the actual limits of his authority. 68. PROCURATION.— In regard to signature of agents generally, it is the rule that the principal is bound not only when the agent had actual author- ity to execute the instrument in question, but also where he had apparent authority. Where, however, 54 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS the agent's signature is made per procuration, ap- parent authority is insufficient; nothing but actual authority will bind the principal. 69. SECTION 22.— [EFFECT OF INDORSE- MENT BY INFANT OR CORPORATION.] The indorsement or assignment of the instrument by a corporation or by an infant passes the property therein, notwithstanding that from want of capac- ity the corporation or infant may incur no liability thereon. 70. ULTRA VIRES INDORSEMENT, BY A CORPORATION.— Prior to the passage of the Negotiable Instruments Law the rule in regard to the acts of corporations was this: If the corpora- tion had not power to do a certain act or, in legal phrase, if its action was ultra vires, it was held by many authorities that the transaction was actually void. The corporation, therefore, would not be liable by virtue of the signature of its name, nor would the signature be effectual to transfer title to another. Section 22 of the statute, therefore, changes the law in these jurisdictions so far as the transfer of title to the instrument is concerned. Business corporations generally have power to en- ter into obligations on negotiable paper. 71. INDORSEMENT BY AN INFANT.— The case of an infant was a little different at common law from that of a corporation. An infant, that is a minor, at common law, could transfer title, but could avoid such a transfer unless after attaining his majority, he ratified the transfer. It is not clear NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 55 from the wording of the statute whether an infant has now lost his capacity to re-vest title in himself. Presumably the law is unchanged in this respect. Therefore, an instrument which has formerly be- longed to an infant whose indorsement is necessary to complete the holder's claim of title, is not a desir- able instrument to purchase. 72. SECTION 23.— [FORGED SIGNATURE; EFFECT OF.] When a signature is forged or made without the authority of the person whose signature it purports to be, it is wholly inoperative, and no right to retain the instrument, or to give a discharge therefor, or to enforce payment thereof against any party thereto, can be acquired through or under such signature, unless the party, against whom it is sought to enforce such right, is pre- cluded from setting up the forgery or want of auth- ority. 73. LACK OF GENUINENESS BECAUSE OF FORGERY.— Lack of genuineness of the in- strument is an absolute defence. This may arise from several causes, for instance, forgery. This is referred to in section 23 of the statute, where it is expressly provided that when a signature is forged or made without authority it is not operative, unless the party against whom it is sought to enforce the instrument is precluded from setting up the forgery or want of authority. When is one precluded from setting up forgery or want of authority? When- ever he has led anybody to believe that the signa- ture is genuine or authorized, and that person has 56 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS in reliance on the belief changed his position. Sup- pose this case. A's signature is forged, but he nev- ertheless when asked by some one if that is his note says, "Yes." Relying on that statement the in- quirer purchases the note. A could not thereafter 'set up the defence of forgery. But suppose the pur- chaser purchased the note first, and having pur- chased it asked the maker if that was his signature. Here again the maker says, "Yes." In this case he will not be precluded for setting up the forgery be- cause no action has been taken in reliance on his statement, and a forgery according to the weight of authority cannot be ratified or adopted by a mere assent to be bound, unless there has been a reliance on the adoption and a change of position. A drawee is also precluded from setting up, as a ground for recovering a payment, that the drawer's signature was forged. 74. SIGNATURE OF UNAUTHORIZED AGENT. — In that respect the case of forgery is different from another case of lack of genuineness, namely, where the instrument was made by an agent without authority. The principal may ratify the act of an agent without authority, and this ratifica- tion is good without consideration and without any reliance or change of position. Accordingly, if the purchaser of a note which purports to be made by A through an agent, asks A, after having purchased the note, "Was that agent authorized to sign this?" and A says either, "Yes, he was," or, "No, he NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 57 wasn't, but I ratify his act," A will be bound just as much as though he had made those statements be- fore the purchaser bought the note and the pur- chaser had bought in reliance on the statement. 75. SIGNATURE OF UNAUTHORIZED CORPORATION OR OFFICER.— Another kind^ of lack of authority which also prevents an instru- ment from being genuine is where a corporation makes a note without authority. It may be that the corporation itself had no authority to make a note, that it was ultra vires in legal phraseology. Or it may be that though the corporation had power to make a note, the particular officer who attempted to bind the corporation did not have power to do so. In either case the corporation is not bound. There is an absolute defence, unless here also the corpora- tion is precluded from setting up the defence by having induced a purchaser to believe that there was sufficient authority, and even if the corporation does induce a purchaser to believe there was auth- ority, it cannot exceed the limits imposed upon it by its charter. A business corporation in general would have power to issue negotiable paper, but some kinds of corporations would not. 76. FORGED INDORSEMENT.— The com- monest case where the holder has difficulty in mak- ing out title is where some indorsement is forged. It does not matter which indorsement if all are special indorsements. If any one is forged there can be no recovery. Suppose this case, how- 58 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS ever: an instrument payable to A or order is in- dorsed in blank by A, then there is a forged special indorsement to B, and subsequently a genuine in- dorsement of B to C. C can recover on that instru- ment because he can fill in his own name over the blank indorsement and strike out the subsequent indorsements. (Section 48.) Contrast with that case this: an instrument payable to A or order in- dorsed in blank by A and then specially indorsed by a genuine indorsement of the holder to B. B's in- dorsement is forged and then the instrument comes into the hands of C, a bona fide purchaser. In this case C cannot collect. He cannot write his name over the blank indorsement here because the subse- quent genuine special indorsement restricts the ne- gotiability of the paper, and it is necessary that there shall be a genuine indorsement from B in order to transfer title. In the first case the special indorsement being forged did not restrict the effect of the blank indorsement. If a payment is actually made on an instrument to one whose right is derived through a forged indorsement, the payment may be recovered. The case is different from that of a forged drawing. We have seen in paragraph 31 that the drawee in that case cannot recover back what he pays, but if the drawee pays an instrument to one who claims under a forged indorsement, he can recover his money back even from an innocent holder. The reason for the difference is that in the foreed indorsement case the holder did not own the NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 59 instrument which was paid. The payment was due to somebody else. In the case of the forged draw- ing the holder who presented that draft had a poor thing, but it was his and if the drawee chose to honor it that was the drawee's lookout. Article II — Consideration 77. SECTION 24.— [PRESUMPTION OF CONSIDERATION.] Every negotiable instru- ment is deemed prima facie to have been issued for a valuable consideration; and every person whose signature appears thereon to have become a party thereto for value. 78. CONSIDERATION IN NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS AS COMPARED WITH THAT IN OTHER CONTRACTS.— The rule stated in this section differs from that which pre- vails in regard to simple contracts at common law. In regard to such contracts the rule was and still is in most States that even in case of a written con- tract which is not under seal, the promisee when suing the promisor must allege and prove sufficient consideration to support the promise; nothing is presumed in the promisee's favor. In a few juris- dictions this rule has been changed in regard to all written contracts making the rule similar in regard to such contracts with that stated in Section 24 of the negotiable instruments law. Though considera- tion is presumed prima facie to have been given for every obligation on a negotiable instrument, the 60 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS truth may be shown by any party, and if when shown it appears that no value or consideration in fact existed, the defence will be good as against any one but a holder in due course. 79. SECTION 25. — [CONSIDERATION, WHAT CONSTITUTES.] Value is any consid- eration sufficient to support a simple contract. An antecedent or pre-existing debt constitutes value; and is deemed such whether the instrument is pay- able on demand or at a future time. NOTE. — In the Wisconsin Act the words "discharged, extinguished or extended" are inserted after the word "debt," and at the end of the section is added: "But the indorsement or deHvery of negotiable paper as collateral security for a pre-existing debt, without other considera- tion, and not in pursuance of an agreement at the time of delivery, by the maker, does not constitute value," 80. WHAT IS SUFFICIENT CONSIDERA- TION IN SIMPLE CONTRACTS.— As to what is consideration, the rules of negotiable paper are in general identical with those of simple contracts, and it is, therefore, necessary to define briefly, what con- sideration is necessary to make a simple contract binding — that is, what is necessary to make an ordi- nary promise legally enforceable as a contract. The promisee must give something or promise to give something to the promisor in exchange for his promise which he has assented to receive as the price for his promise; and the thing so given or promised as consideration must be something to which the promisor was not previously entitled. Doing or promising to do something which one was NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 61 previously legally bound to do is not sufficient con- sideration. The thing given or promised as con- sideration need not, however, be tangible, it may be the surrender of a right or the forbearance to en- force a claim; but the surrender of a claim known to be invalid or the forbearance to prosecute a claim known to be unfounded is insufficient. 81. SATISFACTION OF AN ANTECEDENT DEBT IS SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION.— There are some differences, however, between the rules of consideration for negotiable paper and for ordinary simple contracts. In the first place, a ne- gotiable instrument may be given for an antecedent or pre-existing debt. That is not so in the case of simple contracts. When we owe a debt and say verbally, "We promise to pay that," or make such a promise in writing, we could not be sued on the promise. The old obligation, of course, still exists, but the new promise creates no new liability, be- cause nothing new is given in exchange for it. But in the case of a negotiable instrument, if there is an antecedent debt, the antecedent debt may be paid or may be secured by a negotiable instrument, and the negotiable instrument creates an immediate new obligation. 82. CONSIDERATION NEED NOT MOVE FROM THE PROMISEE TO THE PROMISOR. — There is another difference. In simple contracts the consideration must ordinarily move from the 62 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS promisee to the promisor. It is something the promisee gives for the promise. That is not neces- sarily true in negotiable paper. In order to make a promise binding on a negotiable instrument it is essential either that the promisee shall have parted , with something or that the promisor, the obligor on . the instrument, shall have received something; but it is not essential that both shall concur. The promisee need not have given something to the obligor. Let us give an illustration: A wishes to pay C's claim against B, and A accordingly gives C his (A's) note in satisfaction of C's claim against B. A has bound himself by that instrument though he has received nothing. C has given up some- thing, his claim against B, and that is enough. Also, you may have a case where A, the maker, receives something, as where he at the request of B, to whom he owes money, gives a note for the amount to C in- stead of to B, who wishes to make C a present of the note. There A has received something, since he has been discharged from the claim that B had against him, but C, who holds that note, has given nothing for it. Yet he can recover on it. To re- peat, then, if either the obligor has received some- thing or the holder has given something there is sufficient value or consideration for a negotiable in- strument. 83. SECTION 26.— [WHAT CONSTITUTES HOLDER FOR VALUE.] Where value has at any time been given for the instrument, the holder NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 63 is deemed a holder for value in respect to all parties who became such prior to that time. 84. CONSIDERATION ONCE EXISTING MAKES OBLIGATION PERMANENT.— A fur- ther feature of consideration in negotiable instru- ments is that if an instrument has once become binding, or if an obligation on an instrument has become binding, because the obligor has received value or a holder has given value, lack of considera- tion in subsequent transfers is immaterial, so far as concerns the liability of parties to the instrument at the time when value was given or received. To illustrate: A wishes, we will suppose again, to pay a debt B owes to C, A accordingly gives his own note to C, who receives it in payment. Now A has received nothing, but C has surrendered his claim again B, so the note is binding. Suppose, further, C gives that note to D, a pure gift. D now has given nothing for the note and A has received nothing for his promise on it, and yet the note is binding because it was binding in C's hands and D succeeds to C's rights, but if C transferred the note to D by indorsement as a gift, D could not hold C liable as indorser for no value was ever given or received for that indorsement. 85. SECTION 27.— [WHEN LIEN ON IN- STRUMENT CONSTITUTES HOLDER FOR VALUE.] Where the holder has a lien on the in- strument, arising either from contract or by impli- cation of law, he is deemed a holder for value to the extent of his lien. 64 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 86. PLEDGE OF AN INSTRUMENT SUB- JECT TO A PERSONAL DEFENCE. — If a negotiable instrument which is subject to an equity is pledged as security for a debt, the pledgee, if a holder in due course, is protected to the amount of his advances. The following case will illustrate the law: Suppose the maker is fraudu- lently induced by the payee to sign a negotiable note for $1,000; the payee transfers this note to secure a note of his own for $500 which he borrows from the transferee. The lender if he took the $1,000 note in good faith can recover $500 on it, but no more. Now suppose the lender subsequently advanced a further sum of $200 on the faith of the $1,000 note. If this further advance was also made in good faith without notice of the fraud, the lender could now recover $700 from the maker of the larger note. If, however, the $200 was advanced after notice of the fraud, the maker could recover only the $500 which was first advanced, as he was then acting in good faith, but could not recover the later advance. 87. SECTION 28.— [EFFECT OF WANT OF CONSIDERATION.] Absence or failure of con- sideration is matter of defense as against any person not a holder in due course; and partial failure of consideration is a defence pro tanto, whether the failure is an ascertained and liquidated amount or otherwise. 88. CONSIDERATION NECESSARY AS TO EVERY PARTY.— Though it is assumed until the NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 65 contrary is shown that every party to a negotiable instrument has received value (Section 24) yet the truth may be shown (Section 28) and if in fact there was no value or consideration the obligation cannot be enforced by any one except a holder in due course, and in dealing with the subject of considera- tion it must be remembered that each party is to be considered separately with reference to that point. There may be consideration so far as a maker of a note is concerned, but none so far as an indorser is concerned ; for instance, if a maker borrowed money and subsequently the bank from which the money was borrowed got another person to indorse, the maker would have received consideration and the note would be binding as against him, but it would not be binding as against the indorser. If, how- ever, the indorser received consideration later when he put on his signature he also would be bound ; for instance, if the note had become due and the bank said that it might lie awhile unpaid if the maker would get an indorser, and the indorser came in and indorsed in consideration of the bank's forbearing to enforce the note for a time, that would be enough to make the indorser also liable. 89. THE SAME CONSIDERATION MAY SUPPORT SEVERAL PROMISES.— Although there must be consideration for the promise of each party, or he will not be bound, the same considera- tion may serve for several promises; for instance, if a bank says it will lend money on a note with two 66 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS indorsers, and it does lend money on such a note, the money lent is a consideration not only for the maker's obligation but for the obligation of each indorser. The bank demanded the price of several obligations for its one loan, and that one loan was consideration for all. 90. SECTION 29.— [LIABILITY OF ACCOM- MODATION PARTY.] An accommodation party is one who has signed the instrument as maker, drawer, acceptor, or indorser, without re- ceiving value therefor, and for the purpose of lend- ing his name to some other person. Such a person is liable on the instrument to a holder for value, not- withstanding such holder at the time of taking the instrument knew him to be only an accommodation party. NOTE. — In the Illinois Act the words "without receiv- ing value therefor" are omitted and at the end of the section is added, "and in case a transfer after maturity was intend- ed by the accommodating party notwithstanding such holder acquired title after maturity." 91. ACCOMMODATION SIGNATURES.— Of course lack of consideration is always a defence to an accommodation signature so long as the paper signed has not been transferred to some one who has given value for it. The name "accommodation signer" signifies that he has received no value for his signature, and unless the instrument gets into the hands of some holder who pays something there would be neither value received by the accommo- dating obligor nor value given by the holder. But as soon as a holder for value comes in, then you NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 67 have the necessary element of consideration. It will not then make any difference that the accom- modation party received nothing. It is enough that the holder has given something for the instru- ment; and it does not matter that the holder when he gave the value knew that the instrument was for accommodation. That is not knowledge of fraud or of any impropriety. Article III — Negotiation 92. SECTION 30.— [WHAT CONSTITUTES NEGOTIATION.] An instrument is negotiated when it is transferred from one person to another in such manner as to constitute the transferee the holder thereof. If payable to bearer it is negotiated by delivery; if payable to order it is negotiated by the indorsement of the holder completed by delivery. 93. NEGOTIATION.— Having considered the liability of the various parties to negotiable instru- ments, we now come to the question of negotiation of the instruments. They may be negotiated either by indorsement or, if payable to bearer, by delivery. In considering this section we must bear in mind that under the definition of section 9, other instru- ments than those in terms made payable on the face to bearer, are classified under the law as payable to bearer. 94. WHO MAY NEGOTIATE.— When nego- tiation of a negotiable instrument is by delivery, the delivery may be by anybody. Even a thief or a 68 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS finder can make an effective delivery of an instru- ment payable to bearer, so that a holder in due course v^^ill get an indefeasible title. On the other hand, if an instrument is payable to order, the in- dorsement must be by the person entitled to the in- strument; no other indorsement will do. 95. SECTION 31.— [INDORSEMENT; HOW MADE.] The indorsement must be written on the instrument itself or upon a paper attached thereto. The signature of the indorser, without additional words, is a sufficient indorsement. NOTE. — In the Illinois Act the following words are added "and the addition of words of assignment or guar- anty shall not negative the additional effect of the signature as an indorsement, unless otherwise expressly stated." 96. EXPLANATION OF SECTION 31.— An acceptance of a bill of exchange is the only obliga- tion on negotiable instruments which is not re- quired by law to be upon the instrument itself. It is really no exception to this rule that if the back of an instrument is covered already with indorsements, a piece of paper called an allonge may be attached to the paper and further endorsements written upon that. 97. SECTION 32.— [INDORSEMENT MUST BE OF ENTIRE INSTRUMENT.] The indorse- ment must be an indorsement of the entire instru- ment. An indorsement which purports to transfer to the indorsee a part only of the amount payable, or which purports to transfer the instrument to two or more indorsees severally, does not operate as a negotiation of the instrument. But where the in- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 69 strument has been paid in part, it may be indorsed as to the residue. 98. EXPLANATION OF SECTION 32.— A writing on the back of a negotiable instrument which purported to be an indorsement of part of it would not be wholly ineffectual but it would not negotiate the instrument or itself be negotiable. It would amount to a common law assignment of a portion of the holder's rights under the instrument; and as this assignment would be written on the in- strument itself, any holder who took the instrument would have notice of the assignment, and be bound to respect it. The only important limitation, there- fore, on the rights of one to whom the holder pur- ports to indorse a part of the instrument is that he would not be given the privileges of a holder in due course. Like any assignee of a chose in action (that is a contract right) he would be subject to all personal defences or equities which prior parties to the instrument might have. 99. SECTION 33.— [KINDS OF INDORSE- MENT.] An indorsement may be either special or in blank; and it may also be either restrictive or qualified, or conditional. 100. KINDS OF INDORSERS.— The next per- son whose liability is to be considered is the indor- see An indorsement must be written on the instru- ment itself or on a paper attached thereto. A writ- ing on a detached paper cannot be an indorsement. (Section 31.) Normally the payee is the first in- 70 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS dorser. The several kinds of indorsement are enu- merated in Section 33, with one addition which is defined in Section 64. The statute says an indorse- ment may be either special or in blank; it may be restrictive, qualified or conditional. The additional kind may be called an anomalous or irregular in- dorsement. The meaning of a special indorsement as distinguished from an indorsement in blank is, of course, plain. The indorsement in blank in effect makes the instrument payable to bearer. The spe- cial indorsement defined in the following section makes necessary the signature of the special in- dorsee for further negotiation. A blank indorse- ment may be converted by any holder into a special indorsement by writing over the indorser's signa- ture the name of the indorsee desired. An indorse- ment is an order. It is sometimes said to be the drawing of a new bill on the drawee or maker; at any rate, it is an order on him. The full form of indorsement is, "Pay to the order of," just the words the drawer of an instrument uses, and the person ordered to pay is the drawee or maker. Though this prder does not say so in terms, by mercantile cus- tom it operates as an assignment or transfer of the instrument, and also operates to create an obliga- tion to pay the indorsed instrument, if dishonored by the primary party, on receiving due notice of the dishonor. Ordinarily, words of assignment on the back of a negotiable instrument will not amount to an unqualified indorsement. Nor can an indorse- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 71 ment be partial (Section 32). It must always relate to the entire instrument (Section 32). 101. SECTION 34.— [SPECIAL INDORSE- MENT; INDORSEMENT IN BLANK.] A spe- cial indorsement specifies the person to whom, or to whose order, the instrument is to be payable; and the indorsement of such indorsee is necessary to the further negotiation of the instrument. An indorse- ment in blank specifies no indorsee, and an instru- ment so indorsed is payable to bearer, and may be negotiated by delivery. 102. COMMENT ON SECTION 34.— The def- inition of a special indorsement is familiar to every- one. The provision that an indorsement in blank is payable to bearer is repeated from Section 9 (5). 103. SECTION 35.— [BLANK INDORSE- MENT; HOW CHANGED TO SPECIAL IN- DORSEMENT.] The holder may convert a blank indorsement into a special indorsement by writing over the signature of the indorser in blank any con- tract consistent with the character of the indorse- ment. 104. COMMENT ON SECTION 35.— Though an instrument endorsed in blank is payable to bearer, any holder by writing a special endorsement over the signature deprives the instrument of its character; it will then become subject to the rules of order paper. 105. SECTION 36.— [WHEN INDORSE- MENT RESTRICTIVE.] An indorsement is re- strictive, which either, — 72 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS (1) Prohibits the further negotiation of the in- strument ; or (2) Constitutes the indorsee the agent of the in- dorser ; or (3) Vests the title in the indorsee in trust for or to the use of some other person. ' But the mere absence of words implying power to negotiate does not make an indorsement restrictive. 106. COMMENT ON SECTION 36.— This enu- meration of what constitutes a restrictive indorse- ment is self-explanatory. The more troublesome matter of the effect of restrictively indorsing is dealt with in the next section. 107. SECTION 37.— [EFFECT OF RE- STRICTING INDORSEMENT; RIGHTS OF INDORSEE.] A restrictive indorsement confers upon the indorsee the right, — (1) To receive pay- ment of the instrument; (2) To bring any action thereon that the indorser could bring; (3) To trans- fer his rights as such indorsee, where the form of the indorsement authorizes him to do so. But all subsequent indorsees acquire only the title of the first indorsee under the restrictive indorse- ment. NOTE. — In the Illinois Act the following words are added to subsection 2 : "or except in the case of a restrictive in- dorsement specified in section 36 — subsection 2 — any action against the indorser or any prior party that a special in- dorsee would be entitled to bring." Subsection 3 reads as follows: "(3) To transfer the instrument, where the form of the indorsement authorizes him to do so" and at the end of the section is added: "specified in section 36 — subsection 1 — and as against the principal or cestui que trust only the title of the first indorsee under the restrictive indorsement specified in section 36-«-subsections 2 and 3 respectively." NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 73 108. INDORSEMENT FOR COLLECTION. — The commonest case of a restrictive indorsement is an indorsement for collection. Such an indorse- ment vests the indorsee with title and a right to bring any action the indorser could bring, and en- ables the indorsee to transfer his rights to another ; but the person to whom the instrument is thus trans- ferred by the restrictive indorsee will also be re- stricted to the same extent ; that is, if an indorsee of paper for collection transfers it to somebody else, that subsequent transferee is also restricted and holds the instrument for collection. 109. SECTION 38. — [9UALIFIED IN- DORSEMENT.] A qualified indorsement consti- tutes the indorser a mere assignor of the title to the instrument. It may be made by adding to the in- dorser's signature the words "without recourse" or any words of similar import. Such an indorsement does not impair the negotiable character of the in- strument. 110. COMMENT ON SECTION 38.— A quali- fied indorsement is defined in Section 38 of the Act as constituting the indorser a mere assignor. It does not follow that the indorsee is a mere assignee, who takes subject to equities. The final sentence of the section indicates that the indorsee if a holder in due course will take free from equities. The ordi- nary way of making a qualified indorsement is by adding the words, "without recourse," but the words, "I hereby transfer and assign all my rights, title and interest in and lQ_the within note," have 74 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS also been held a qualified indorsement, and in effect an assignment of the instrument, without creating any obligation on the part of the indorser to pay the instrument if dishonored by the party primarily liable. 111. SECTION 39.— [CONDITIONAL IN- DORSEMENT.] Where an indorsement is condi- tional, a party required to pay the instrument may disregard the condition, and make payment to the indorsee or his transferee, whether the condition has been fulfilled or not. But any person to whom an instrument so indorsed is negotiated, will hold the same, or the proceeds thereof, subject to the rights of the person indorsing conditionally. 112. ILLUSTRATION OF CONDITIONAL INDORSEMENTS.— A conditional indorsement is not commonly seen. An illustration of one would be an indorsement which reads, "Pay to the order of X Y if A B goes into bankruptcy," or one which is subject to any other condition. It might be thought such an indorsement would be invalid alto- gether, but the statute provides that the party pri- marily liable on such an instrument may either dis- regard the condition or recognize it ; but if the con- dition is disregarded and payment made though the condition has not happened, the person who re- ceives payment will hold it subject to the condition. In the case we put where the instrument was in- dorsed to X Y if A B becomes bankrupt, the maker of the instrument might pay X Y safely, whether A B becomes bankrupt or not, but X Y would have NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 75 to hold that payment in trust for the person from whom he received the instrument, unless A B did in fact become bankrupt. 113. SECTION 40.— [INDORSEMENT OF INSTRUMENT PAYABLE TO BEARER.] Where an instrument, payable to bearer, is indorsed specially, it may nevertheless be further negotiated by delivery; but the person indorsing specially is liable as indorser to only such holders as make title through his indorsement. NOTE. — The Illinois Act instead of the words "payable to bearer," are the words "originally payable to or indorsed specially to bearer." 1 14. COMMENT ON SECTION 40.— We have previously considered under Section 9, the effect of this section in connection with Section 9 (5). 115. SECTION 41. — [INDORSEMENT WHERE PAYABLE TO TWO OR MORE PER- SONS.] Where an instrument is payable to the order of two or more payees or indorsees who are not partners, all must indorse, unless the one in- dorsing has authority to indorse for the others. 116. EXPLANATION OF SECTION 41.— Where two or more persons own property, title can only be transferred when all agree to transfer it. The provisions of Section 41 simply apply this to the law of negotiable paper; and the exception to the general rule stated in Section 41 also applies to all property, subject, however, to one qualification. Partners have authority to act for one another and for the firm in the firm business. Therefore, under the doctrines of agency, one partner may indorse 76 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS for the firm, and so in other than partnership cases, if one payee has in fact authority to act for the others, he may do so. The single qualification to which allusion has just been made relates to trus- tees. One trustee can not delegate power to an- other to do any act which requires the exercise of judgment; therefore though one trustee might au- thorize another to indorse negotiable paper for col- lection, he could not transfer by way of sale nego- tiable paper belonging to the trust, even though authorized by his trustees to do so. The signature of all would be necessary. 117. SECTION 42.— [EFFECT OF INSTRU- MENT DRAWN OR INDORSED TO A PER- SON AS CASHIER.] Where an instrument is drawn or indorsed to a person as "Cashier" or other fiscal officer of a bank or corporation, it is deemed prima facia to be payable to the bank or corporation of which he is such officer; and may be negotiated by either the indorsement of the bank or corpora- tion, or the indorsement of the officer. 118. ILLUSTRATION.— Suppose A does busi- ness as the Boston Hat Company and gets a check or note payable to the Boston Hat Company. Or- dinarily and normally he would indorse that in the name of the Boston Hat Company, but if he did not want to do so, he might indorse it in the name of A. The Boston Hat Company is the name under which A does business. It is a business designation of A. If the Boston Hat Company were really a corporation, then the instrument would have to be NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 77 indorsed in the name of the corporation, for the corporation would be a different person from A, al- though A might own all the stock in the corpora- tion; but the mere designation "the Boston Hat Company," if there is no corporation, does not cre- ate a separate person. The Boston Hat Company is A, and A may indorse, since he is the real payee and holder. 119. INDORSEMENT UNDER NAME DIF- FERING FROM THAT ON INSTRUMENT.— What if an instrument, on its face or by indorse- ment, is made payable to the order of a single woman by her maiden name and she marries. Her indorsement in her married name is all right. She is the owner and payee, or indorsee, of that instru- ment and can give a good title in her own name. So if a person changed his name otherwise than by marriage he could indorse in his new name and transfer title to negotiable paper which was payable to or indorsed to him in his old name. He naturally wouldn't do that; he would seek to avoid question by using the name, so far as possible, under which he was designated in the negotiable paper, but he has the legal power to use his real name. Some- times in order to make his right abundantly clear, he indorses in both names. 120. INDORSEMENT BY ONE HAVING NAME IDENTICAL TO PAYEE'S.— On the other hand, even though a person has an identical name with that of a payee or indorsee of paper, he 78 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS cannot transfer good title to it if he is not really the person intended as payee or indorsee. Suppose a check is payable to John Smith, and by mistake it is delivered to the wrong John Smith, and we will even go so far as to suppose that the man to whom it is delivered thinks that it was intended for him; still his indorsement will not give good title even to a holder in due course, nor will it protect a bank which pays on the faith of it. In this respect the law in this country is more severe than the English or German laws. Both the English and German laws protect a bank which pays in good faith an in- strument apparently regular in drawing and in- dorsing, even though the indorsement be made by the wrong person or be forged. 121. IMPERSONATION.— We may suppose one other case of indorsement where the indorser's name is not apparently that on the face of the in- strument. Suppose X comes to A and by stating that he (X) is Y (a case of false and fraudulent mis- representation) induces A to give him (X) a check payable to Y. It is generally held that such a check is really payable to X under the name of Y. A in- tended to make the person before him the payee, although he thought the name of the person before him was Y and therefore inserted that name. Ac- cordingly, since X is the real payee, he can transfer a title to that instrument by indorsing it either in- his own name or in the name of Y, his assumed name. The same principles would be applicable if NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 79 an instrument was specially indorsed to X under the name of Y. 122. ASSUMED OR BUSINESS NAMES.— A person may even for a single transaction assume a name different from his own, and if the instrument is really intended to be made payable to him or in- dorsed to him, he has a title which he can transfer either under his temporarily assumed name or under his real name. If one calls himself John Smith and gets a check in that form, it is really payable to him, and he may transfer title to it by any name that designates him. Section 42 of the Act specifically refers to common cases of this sort of thing; that is, where an instrument is made payable to the cashier or fiscal agent of a corporation. There the statute says that prima facie the instrument is to be treated as payable to the corporation itself, and it may be indorsed either by the officer or by the cor- poration itself. The statute does not say so, but we presume the same thing would be true the other way around. Suppose a note payable to the bank or fiscal corporation and indorsed in the name of the cashier or fiscal officer, as a check payable to the A bank indorsed "X Y, cashier of the A bank." That indorsement would be good. That is a sort of busi- ness designation for purpose of negotiating paper of the A bank. It is equally true that one who signs negotiable paper under a trade or assumed name incurs the same liability as if he signed his own name. (Section 18.) 80 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 123. SECTION 43. — [INDORSEMENT WHERE NAME IS MISSPELLED, ET CET- ERA.] Where the name of a payee or indorsee is wrongly designated or misspelled, he may indorse the instrument as therein described, adding, if he think fit, his proper signature. 124. EXPLANATION OF SECTION 43.— The provisions of this section are a necessary con- sequence of the previous provision allowing a man to sign a negotiable instrument in an assumed name. If he may sign in an assumed name, necessarily he may in a misspelled name. The further addition of his name correctly spelled is merely for the purposes of avoiding confusion. 125. SECTION 44.— [INDORSEMENT IN REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY.] Where any person is under obligation to indorse in a represen- tative capacity, he may indorse in such terms as to negative personal liability. 126. HOW AN AGENT SHOULD INDORSE. — As we have seen, the signature of "A, agent," im- poses personal liability on A. A problem therefore is presented to an agent when in his principal's busi- ness he receives negotiable paper payable to him as agent, and he desires to discount or otherwise nego- tiate it. If he makes an indorsement as "A, agent," he will subject himself to personal liability. He must, therefore, negative the inference that he means to contract personally. Of course, he can do this by indorsing without recourse, but those with whom he is dealing may demand an indorsement NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 81 which will be binding as an obligation. In such a case he should indorse so as to bind his principal but not himself. He may do this by signing his name "on behalf of" his principal, naming the latter or, by signing the principal's name "by" himself as agent. Though an indorsement in the latter form does not follow literally the terms of the face of the instrument, and therefore might not be a desirable one for a bank to accept, it is legally sufficient. 127. SECTION 45.— [TIME OF INDORSE- MENT ; PRESUMPTION.] Except where an in- dorsement bears date after the maturity of the in- strument, every negotiation is deemed prima facie to have been effected before the instrument was overdue. 128. SECTION 46.— [PLACE OF INDORSE- MENT; PRESUMPTION.] Except where the contrary appears, every indorsement is presumed prima facie to have been made at the place where the instrument is dated. 129. IMPORTANCE OF PLACE OF IN- DORSEMENT.— The place of indorsement may be important in deciding whether or not an indorser is liable. For instance, in a recent case a married woman who indorsed for accommodation a note dated and payable in New York, when sued on her indorsement sought to show that the indorsement was in fact made in New York and was invalid un- der the laws of that State. It was held that this could not be shown against the plaintiff, a holder in due course. As against anybody except a holder 82 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS in due course, the evidence would have been admis- sible. 130. SECTION 47.— [CONTINUATION OF NEGOTIABLE CHARACTER.] An instrument negotiable in its origin continues to be negotiable until it has been restrictively indorsed or discharged 'by payment or otherwise. 13L COMMENT ON SECTION 47.— Under this section a negotiable instrument continues to be negotiable after maturity as well as before, although as appears from other sections of the Act, the rights and obligations of the parties are different after maturity from what they are before. 132. SECTION 48.— [STRIKING OUT IN- DORSEMENT.] The holder may at any time strike out any indorsement which is not necessary to his title. The indorser whose indorsement is struck out, and all indorsers subsequent to him, are thereby relieved from liability on the instrument. 133. ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE FOREGO- ING RULE. — The commonest application of the rule enacted in this section is where one who has indorsed a negotiable instrument which has there- after been in other hands and indorsed by others, takes it up and desires to get payment from prior parties to the instrument. If he were obliged to trace his present title fully he would have to prove every indorsement subsequent as well as prior to his own ; but as the subsequent indorsements are of no interest to him, since he cannot exact payment from a party to the instrument who is subsequent NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 83 to himself, he may strike out the subsequent in- dorsements and establish a chain of title merely to his first holding of the instrument. By operation of law he is remitted to the same position which he originally occupied. Or we may suppose before the instrument ever came into his hands there were sev- eral indorsements upon it, the first of which was a blank indorsement. On taking up the instrument he may write over the blank indorsement a special in- dorsement to himself, and strike out all later in- dorsements. In this case, however, he is releasing from liability indorsers whom he might have charged since their names were on the instrument before he became a holder. Therefore he will not adopt the course suggested unless he is sure of be- ing able to get reimbursement from parties to the instrument prior to those whose names are struck out. 134. SECTION 49.— [TRANSFER WITH- OUT INDORSEMENT; EFFECT OF.] Where the holder of an instrument payable to his order transfers it for value without indorsing it, the trans- fer vests in the transferee such title as the trans- feror had therein, and the transferee acquires, in ad- dition, the right to have the indorsement of the transferor. But for the purpose of determining whether the transferee is a holder in due course, the negotiation takes effect as of the time when the indorsement is actually made. NOTE. — In the Illinois and Missouri Acts, after the word "right," the first sentence continues as follows: "to enforce the instrument against one who signed for the ac- 84 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS commodalion of his transferor, and the right to have the in- dorsement of the transferor, if omitted by accident or mis- take. But for the purpose," etc. In the Colorado Act, at the end of the first sentence, there is added, "if omitted by mistake, accident or fraud." In the Wisconsin Act, at the end of the section, there is added : "When the indorsement was omitted by mistake, or there was an agreement to in- dorse made at the time of the transfer, the indorsement, when made, relates back to the time of the transfer." 135. ILLUSTRATIONS OF CASES OF TRANSFER. — Negotiable paper can only be nego- tiated in accordance with the custom of merchants ; that is, if payable to order it must be properly in- dorsed; but all contract rights for the payment of money may be assigned and therefore one who transfers order paper without indorsement is the assignor of a chose in action. The transferee is an assignee, and as we have said his rights differ from those of an indorsee only in this that he takes sub- ject to personal defences or equities in favor of the maker and other parties bound by the instrument. It may be added that the same results which this sec- tion enacts for the transfer of the paper would fol- low if the holder of the paper without transferring it merely agreed for value to do so; with this excep- tion, however, the assignee could not demand pay- ment from the parties bound on the instrument un- til he secured it and was able to surrender or cancel it. He would, however, have the right to demand the instrument from the holder who had agreed to assign it to him. Until he actually got possession of the paper, his right would always be subject to NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 85 be cut off by an indorsement by the assignor to a holder in due course. One may suppose also a transfer with delivery but without indorsement and without value. Such a transfer would operate as a valid gift irrevocable by the transferor, but the donee not being a holder in due course would be subject to any defences which were available against his donor. 136. SECTION 50.— [WHEN PRIOR PARTY MAY NEGOTIATE INSTRUMENT.] Where an instrument is negotiated back to a prior party, such party may, subject to the provisions of this act, reissue and further negotiate the same. But he is not entitled to enforce payment thereof against any intervening party to whom he was personally liable. 137. COMMENT ON SECTION 50.— If a party primarily liable becomes a holder of the instrument at or after maturity, it is discharged and can not be reissued. It does not extinguish an instrument, however, for anybody except a party primarily lia- ble to become the holder even though he does so after maturity. The final sentence of the section expresses a result that has been established in order to avoid what is called circuity of action; it is cir-^ cuity of action where a plaintiff is allowed to re- cover money from a defendant who can thereafter recover it back from him. If A is the second indor- ser of an instrument, and after two subsequent in- dorsements becomes again the holder of the instru- ment, if he were allowed to sue the fourth or the 86 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS third indorser on dishonor of the instrument by the maker, the fourth or third indorser on being com- pelled to pay, could recover from him as second indorser. To avoid this round-about result, the law denies a recovery by the holder against the third and fourth indorsers in the case supposed. Article IV— Rights of the Holder 138. SECTION 51.— [RIGHT OF HOLDER TO SUE; PAYMENT.] The holder of a negotia- ble instrument may sue thereon in his own name and payment to him in due course discharges the instrument. 139. HOLDER HAS A RIGHT AGAINST EVERY PARTY.— We may here consider the amount which the holder of a bill or note may re- cover upon it if it is not paid at maturity. In the first place, the holder has a right against every party to the instrument for the full amount of it, if the parties secondarily liable are once duly charged; that is, on a note for $1,000, the holder, having charged the indorsers, may sue the maker and every one of the indorsers for $1,000 each, and get a judgment against every one of them for that amount. He will then try to collect as best he can. Of course, the holder cannot actually collect on his judgments more than the amount due him and keep it. If he should collect anything in excess of that which is due he will hold the excess in trust for the last party on the instrument. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 87 140. IT IS IMMATERIAL WHAT THE HOLDER PAID FOR A NOTE.— It makes no dif- ference what the holder paid for the note. If he is the owner of it and a holder in due course he may recover the full face of $1,000, even though he bought it for $500, and though originally it was ob- tained by fraud on the part of the payee, but if the price paid was very small, it is often some evidence in connection with other circumstances that the pur- chaser did not buy in good faith — that he suspected if he did not know that there was something wrong with the instrument. 141. SECTION 52. — [WHAT CONSTI- TUTES A HOLDER IN DUE COURSE.] A holder in due course is a holder who has taken the instrument under the following conditions: (1) That it is complete and regular upon its face. (2) That he became the holder of it before it was over- due, and without notice that it had been previously dishonored, if such was the fact. (3) That he took it in good faith and for value. (4) That at the time it was negotiated to him he had no notice of any in- firmity in the instrument or defect in the title of the person negotiating it. NOTE. — In the Wisconsin Act there is the further sub- section: (5) "That he took it in the usual course of busi- ness." 142. IMPORTANCE OF BEING A HOLDER IN DUE COURSE.— As we have seen personal defences are not good against a holder in due course (Section 57) and are good against one who is not a holder in due course (Section 58). It is therefore 88 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS vital to determine when a holder falls within this designation. 143. THE INSTRUMENT MUST BE COM- PLETE AND REGULAR.— The first requisite is that the instrument is complete and regular on its face. That, you see, makes every holder chargeable with what appears on the face of the instrument. If a holder does not in fact draw the inference of ir- regularity from something on the instrument which really shows irregularity, it is the holder's own fault. He is, in the language that is sometimes used, chargeable with constructive notice of whatever ap- pears on the document itself. Thus it may indicate from its form that a fraud is being perpetrated on a corporation or partnership or the beneficiaries of a trust. Furthermore, the instrument must be com- plete when negotiated, in order to entitle one to the designation of a holder in due course. That to some extent changes the law from what it was prior to the enactment oi the Negotiable Instruments Law. No one who takes a blank check can now be a holder in due course. Of course, if the instrument is given with authority to fill it out in a certain way, one who took the instrument and filled it out in that way would be protected, and one who took the in- strument in blank and himself filled it out in accord- ance with the original authority would be protected (Section 14), but one who took it as a blank instru- ment, relying on the statement of the payee that it might be filled out for $1^000, when in fact the orig- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 89 inal authority was only to fill it out for $100, would not be able to collect more than $100. He is not a holder in due course, and is bound by the original authority given by the maker. It does not, how- ever, make an instrument incomplete and irregular that it is not dated, states no place of payment or does not state that it is for value received. (Sec- tion 6.) 144. KNOWLEDGE THAT BLANKS HAVE BEEN FILLED. — This suggests an inquiry as to the position of one who knows that the instrument was originally issued in blank, but who took it after the blank was filled in. Generally speaking, notice of any defence is enough to prevent one from being a holder in due course, and we should suppose it would be so here, although it seems a pretty harsh result. Suppose a blank check is brought to us and the payee says he has authority to fill it out for $1,000, and he does so and then offers it to us for $1,000. When we take it, it is complete and regular on its face, but we had notice that it was not so when it was issued. We think under the statute it is a somewhat doubtful question whether one who thus took that instrument could be called a holder in due course. We should think it was too doubtful for it to be safe to take it in spite of the provision in section 14 that the person in possession of a nego- tiable instrument wanting in any material particu- lar, has a prima facie authority to fill up the blanks. One may then ask, what would be the position of a 90 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS bank which took an instrument, a check from the payee, knowing that the payee had just filled out the blank ? We think the answer must be the same as in the case where the check is purchased. If knowl- edge of a blank space is a notice of an infirmity in the instrument, it would seem as if the bank ought not to pay under those circumstances. We find it hard to believe, however, that a bank would not be protected that did so. 145. A HOLDER IN DUE COURSE MUST TAKE BEFORE MATURITY AND WITHOUT NOTICE OF PRIOR DISHONOR.— A second requisite stated in Section 52 for a holder in due course is becoming holder before the instrument was overdue and without notice that it had been previously dishonored, if such was the fact. The last clause refers to two cases ; first, that of demand paper, which may in fact have been presented and dishonored though the purchaser has no reason to suppose so, and second to the case of a time bill of exchange which has been presented before maturity for acceptance and acceptance refused. That is a dishonored bill, and any one who takes it with knowledge of that fact would not be a holder in due course ; but one who takes it in ignorance of the pre- vious dishonor and before maturity would be a holder in due course. 146. GOOD FAITH AND VALUE.— The third requisite of Section 52 is that the holder must have taken in good faith and for value. Those words NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 91 need no explanation other than the definition of value, previously given, and a statement in regard to the requirement of good faith. Good faith means, not such care as would be regarded as reasonable business prudence, but simply honest belief in the validity of the instrument, however careless it may have been to have such an honest belief. (Section 56.) 147. NOTICE OF INFIRMITY.— The fourth requisite of Section 52 is, perhaps, almost necessarily included in the one just referred to, — that of good faith. The fourth requisite is that at the time of negotiation, the holder had no notice of any infir- mity of the instrument or defect in the title of the person negotiating it. A holder in due course was frequently called, before the passage of the act, a bona fide purchaser for value before maturity, and that really expresses the whole idea, unless, perhaps, the requirement of completeness and regularity on the face of the instrument. Until the contrary is shown, every holder is presumed to be a holder in due course. (Section 59.) 148. PAYEE MAY BE A HOLDER IN DUE COURSE. — The payee may be a holder in due course as well as a subsequent holder. This often becomes important. In a recent case a married woman made out a check payable to a man to whom she owed a debt. She gave this check to her hus- band with directions to hand it to the creditor in payment of her debt. Now the husband owed this 92 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS same creditor a debt on his own account, and he handed that check to the creditor in satisfaction, not of his wife's debt, but of his own. The creditor pre- ferred, when the difficulty was discovered, to treat the check as a payment of the husband's debt, for the wife was responsible, financially, and the hus- band was not, and the court held the creditor was entitled to do this. Though he was the payee of the check and not the purchaser, he was a holder in due course, having taken it with all the requirements just discussed. 149. POSTDATED INSTRUMENT.— An in- strument which is antedated or postdated is not on that account irregular on its face, and one may be a holder in due course of such an instrument. (Sec- tion 12.) 150. SECTION 53.— [WHEN PERSON NOT DEEMED HOLDER IN DUE COURSE.] Where an instrument payable on demand is negotiated an unreasonable length of time after its issue, the holder is not deemed a holder in due course. 151. WHAT IS A REASONABLE TIME FOR A CHECK OR NOTE.— A check must be pre- sented within a reasonable time after its issuance. What is a reasonable time depends on the time nec- essary to collect, and undoubtedly the customary mode of collection would be regarded as reasonable, even though that was not the quickest. The custo- mary mode is not always the shortest method. In regard to notes, the rule is the same as in re- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 93 gard to checks, — a reasonable time from the issue of the note, only what is a reasonable time for a check is not necessarily a reasonable time for a note. 152. SECTION 54.— [NOTICE BEFORE FULL AMOUNT PAID.] Where the transferee receives notice of any infirmity in the instrument or defect in the title of the person negotiating the same before he has paid the full amount agreed to be paid therefor, he will be deemed a holder in due course only to the extent of the amount theretofore paid by him. 153. RIGHTS OF ONE WHO HOLDS A NOTE FOR COLLATERAL.— Contrast with the case of a purchaser, a case where the holder at ma- turity holds the note merely for security. In that case if the parties liable on the note — the maker and indorsers, or any of them — have a defence good against the person who deposited the note as col- lateral, the holder for collateral can only collect the amount for which he holds the note pledged; that is, if a note for $1,000 was deposited to secure a claim of $500, the holder could collect only that sum, because that satisfies his claim, if as we are suppos- ing, the man who deposited it as collateral was not a holder in due course and could not himself have collected anything from the parties liable on the in- strument. If the man who deposited the note as collateral, however, was a holder in due course, then the lender who holds the note as collateral will col- lect it in full and will pay over to the man who de- 94 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS posited the note the excess over and above the in- debtedness. 154. SECTION 55.— [WHEN TITLE DE- FECTIVE.] The title of a person who negotiates an instrument is defective within the meaning of this act when he obtained the instrument, or any signature thereto, by fraud, duress, or force and fear, or other unlawful means, or for an illegal considera- tion, or when he negotiates it in breach of faith, or under such circumstances as amount to a fraud. NOTE. — In the Wisconsin Act there is added at the end of the section: "And the title of such person is absolutely void when such instrument or signature was so procured from a person who did not know the nature of the instru- ment and could not have obtained such knowledge by the use of ordinary care." 155. ABSOLUTE AND PERSONAL DE- FENCES. — Under this section we will consider the absolute and the personal defences to obligations on negotiable instruments. We have already consid- ered certain cases of lack of genuineness of a signa- ture owing to forgery or lack of authority. FRAUD AS AN ABSOLUTE DEFENCE. — Still another case of lack of genuineness may arise in certain cases of fraud. Generally fraud is only a personal or equitable defence, but in certain in- stances it may be an absolute or real defence. Such a case is where the maker of the instrument did not know and had no reasonable cause to know that he was making a negotiable instrument at all. If a man knows he is making such an instrument, even though he is induced to make it by fraud, it is his NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 95 instrument and he is bound by it. But suppose by clever sleight of hand a fraudulent person gets an- other to sign a note who is under the belief that it is a receipt or letter of introduction or something of that sort which he is signing. Here you will notice that the signer has never assented to make a nego- tiable instrument. It is not a case where he is in- duced to assent by false representations. There he assents to do the thing but here he never assented to sign a negotiable instrument at all ; and therefore he may assert that it is not his note, unless he was guilty of such negligence as precludes him from subsequently asserting the truth that it was not his instrument. 156. LACK OF TITLE.— A second absolute de- fence is lack of title in the holder of an order instru- ment. Lack of title in an instrument, payable to bearer, as we have said, does not prevent the holder from giving a good title, but lack of title in an in- strument payable to order does. Even though it be conceded that the maker of a note or drawer of a check be liable, he has a right to pay the real owner of the instrument. If he should pay any one who did not have title, the payment would not be a dis- charge of the instrument, and he would have to pay over again. Therefore he has a defence against anybody who has not title. Consequently, a holder, to recover on an order instrument, must make out not only the defendant's liability on the instrument to some one, but also his own title to it. 96 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 157. A HOLDER'S BANKRUPTCY DE- PRIVES HIM OF TITLE.— Another case of lack of title is where the holder of negotiable paper has become bankrupt. The National Bankruptcy Law vests in the trustee all property which the bank- rupt had at the time of his bankruptcy. We suppose that statute vests an absolute title even to negotia- ble paper, so that one who innocently bought nego- tiable order paper from a bankrupt to whom it was payable after his bankruptcy would not be pro- tected. The trustee in bankruptcy would have be- come the owner of it and the bankrupt himself would have no better right to it than if he held under a forged indorsement. If, however, the in- strument was payable to bearer, under the general rule applicable to such paper, the bankrupt holder, though having no title himself, could transfer a good title to a holder in due course. 1 58. INCAPACITY. — INFANCY. — Another absolute defence to a negotiable instrument good against any holder is the incapacity of a party. The instrument may be binding as to some parties, but on account of incapacity others may not be liable. The commonest kind of incapacity is infancy, that is, minority of a party. It is a good defence even against a holder in due course that the party sued is a minor. It is not a good defence that a prior holder was a minor when he indorsed the instrument. Though the minor may avoid that transfer as against the transferee, until and unless he does so, NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 97 it is a good transfer, and the maker will be bound to pay the transferee. (Section 22.) 159. LUNACY. — Somewhat similar to infancy is the case of lunacy. It is possible that in some cases of lunacy the transaction may be absolutely void and incapable of ratification ; but whether this is so or not, lunacy is generally held a good ground for treating the obligation of an insane person on the instrument as voidable, even when it is in the hands of a holder in due course. 160. HUSBAND AND WIFE.— Formerly a married woman could make no valid contract by ne- gotiable instrument or otherwise. This complete disability is now generally done away with, but it is still true, in most States, that a husband and wife cannot make a valid contract with one another, and therefore neither of them can make a valid obliga- tion from one to the other on a negotiable instru- ment. A note by a husband to wife or wife to hus- band is, therefore, worthless, even in the hands of a holder in due course. Similarly, an indorsement from one to the other will not be a valid transfer and will create no obligation. A check from one to the other deserves a moment's attention. Such a check does not create any obligation between the drawer and payee, but it is a valid order to the bank by the drawer to pay the payee. Accordingly, if the bank does so, the payment is good. In some States married women are under the further disability that they cannot become sureties for their husbands. In 98 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS such States, therefore, there would be an absolute defence to any suit against a married woman based on an obligation which she signed as surety for her husband. 161. ILLEGALITY.— A fifth absolute defence is raised by certain kinds of illegality. Some transac- tions are so illegal that even in the hands of a holder in due course a negotiable instrument given in pur- suance of them will not be valid. Under the stat- utes of some States, usury is a defence of that sort. In other States, there is no general usury law. 162. SUNDAY LAWS.— The Sunday law of many States is rather troublesome at times. One must remember in connection with this matter that it is the delivery of a negotiable instrument, not the date which it bears on its face, which fixes the time when it takes effect. Accordingly, a note dated on Sunday but delivered on Monday is good. On the other hand, a note dated on Saturday or Monday but actually delivered on Sunday is bad, though a sub- sequent holder, who took such a note in ignorance of the day when it was delivered, might rely on the form of the instrument — that is, on the fact that it was dated on Saturday or Monday — and be pro- tected. The maker would be estopped to deny that it was delivered on Saturday or Monday since the date may properly be assumed to be the true date. (Section 11.) A note, however, which was dated on Sunday, and which was delivered as a matter of fact also on Sunday, would seem to be bad in the hands NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 99 of any holder, for any holder has notice by the date of the time of probable delivery, and therefore ought to be on the lookout for that. 163. ILLEGALITY AS A PERSONAL DE- FENCE. — One who is not a holder in due course is subject not only to the absolute defences already considered, but also to what are called personal or equitable defences, and these may now be consid- ered. Some, but not all of them, are briefly summar- ized in Section 55. First, illegality. As we have pre- viously said earlier, illegality may sometimes be an absolute defence good against everybody, but it is more commonly a personal defence good only against the original party to the illegality and those subsequent holders who are not holders in due course. Some of the commonest kinds of illegality are wagering, including under this designation such stock gambling or gambling in securities, as is pro- hibited by law. Usury is, in most States, where there are usury laws, a personal defence. The sale of goods contrary to law may give rise to a personal defence to a note given for the price. Instruments given as bribes to any person subject to a public or private duty to induce him to disregard that duty would also be another illustration. It would make no difference whether the official bribed were a pub- lic officer, a corporation official, a trustee, an em- ployee of a firm, or an individual. So any transac- tion which involves a breach of fiduciary duty or official duty, whatever its nature, would be illegal, 100 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS and a negotiable instrument which formed part of the transaction would be subject to a personal defence. 164. FRAUD. — A second personal defence, and perhaps the commonest, is fraud. As already stated, fraud may be an absolute defence. If the fraud pre- vented a party to the instrument from knowing that he was signing a negotiable instrument, he would have an absolute defence, unless he was grossly neg- ligent. On the other hand, if he knew that he was signing a negotiable instrument, but was induced to do so by false representations, the defence would be merely personal. Suppose a note was a perfectly good note as between the maker and payee, but was obtained from the payee by fraud, the indorsement of the payee being obtained by fraudulent represen- tation. Payment is then demanded by the fraudu- lent indorsee. The instrument would be technically discharged by such a payment; but if the maker knows of the fraud he would make himself a party to it if he should pay the fraudulent indorsee, and would be liable to pay again to the defrauded payee. This sort of case may put a bank in rather a hard place. Suppose a check drawn on a bank is pre- sented by an indorsee and the bank believes and is informed by the payee that that check was obtained by fraud. If in fact it was obtained by fraud and the bank refused to pay, its defence would be good against any assertion or complaint by the drawer of the check that his check had been dishonored; but NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 101 suppose there was, as it turned out, no fraud, then if the bank had refused payment of the check, even temporarily, it would run a risk of subjecting itself to a suit for damage by its customer, the drawer. Nevertheless, there is nothing that can be done ex- cept to refuse temporarily and file a bill for inter- pleader against the payee and the indorsee, asking the court to determine which of the two parties is entitled to the instrument. 165. DURESS. — A defence somewhat similar to fraud is what is known in law as duress. This was at first confined by law to cases where a person was compelled to sign an instrument under imminent fear of bodily harm or imprisonment, but the de- fence has now been extended beyond that. There are many kinds of duress which do not threaten the person under duress himself with immediate harm. For instance, a case arose in New Jersey which pre- sented these facts : a husband threatened to blow his brains out if his wife did not sign an instrument, and brandished a pistol so that his threat seemed at least plausible, and thereby induced his wife to sign a paper. She would have a personal defence against, an obligation entered into in that way. So a threat to injure a child or to injure another person may have even more effect than a threat to injure the person himself whose signature is demanded. The test today is, was such pressure put upon the signer as to prevent him from being really a free agent in the matter? It is not duress, however, to threaten 102 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS to enforce one's legal rights unless an instrument is signed. For instance, a threat by a creditor to sue, or a threat to attach the debtor's property unless the debtor signed a note, would not be such duress as to create even a personal defence. 166. LACK OF DELIVERY.— Lack of delivery is a personal defence. Until the passage of the Ne- gotiable Instruments Law it was an absolute de- fence, but now, by virtue of Section 16, it is only a personal defence. Suppose you make a note payable to bearer and put it in your safe, intending to deliver it the next day. It is stolen and transferred before maturity to a purchaser for value v/ithout notice. He can hold you liable upon it, although you never delivered the instrument, and perhaps wrote it as a mere writing exercise. And similarly (a case that is more likely to happen) if you have a note payable to yourself, indorse it without delivering it, put it in your safe, and, as before, it is stolen. A purchaser for value from the thief not only becomes the owner of the note, able to enforce it against the maker, but he can hold you liable on your indorsement as an indorser. Lack of delivery is therefore not an abso- lute defence. It is, however, a personal defence good against the original payee and any one with notice that the instrument was not delivered or was delivered only for a special purpose which has not happened. For instance, if you deliver a note to a note broker to dispose of, and he does not dispose of it in accordance with the authority you gave him, NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 103 you have a personal defence against him if he tries to collect it, or against any one who knew of the cir- cumstances, because of the original understanding that the instrument should be delivered as a binding obligation only on certain terms. 167. LACK OF CONSIDERATION.— Another personal defence is lack of consideration. We have already referred to that subject in text paragraphs 17 to 22 in connection with the liabilities of different parties on negotiable instruments, and it is not necessary to repeat what has been said before. It is enough to say here that if there is not the consid- eration or value which the law requires for the ob- ligation of any party to an instrument, he has a defence as against anybody but a holder in due course because of this lack of consideration or value. The commonest kind of signature without consid- eration is that of an accommodation party. An ac- commodation party, therefore, even though the maker of the instrument, cannot be sued by the holder if the holder was the accommodated party. There is one peculiarity, however, about the defence of accommodation which distinguishes it from all other personal defences. An accommodation party has no defence merely because the holder took the instrument from the accommodated party with knowledge that it was given for accommodation. (Section 29.) Generally, as we have seen, one who takes with a notice of a personal defence from one who was subject to that defence, becomes himself 104 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS subject to the defence in the same way as the man from whom he took it. One who takes from a fraudulent payee knowing of the fraud can no more collect than the fraudulent payee, but one who takes from an accommodated payee knowing of the ac- jcommodation can, if he gives value, collect from the accommodation maker. And the reason for this dis- tinction is plain: the accommodating party lent his signature for the very purpose of having it nego- tiated, and therefore it would be highly improper not to allow one who has relied on the signature to recover upon it, even though he knew perfectly well that it was for accommodation. In buying the in- strument or lending money on it, he is doing ex- actly what the accommodating party expected him to do. 168. FAILURE OF CONSIDERATION.— A defence somewhat similar to lack of consideration and yet a different one is what is called failure of consideration. This arises where an instrument is given for some prospective or promised return which is not given. For instance, suppose a note is given in return for a promise to deliver goods later. There is no lack of consideration, strictly speaking, for this note, because there was a promise to deliver the goods, and a promise is sufficient consideration for the note. But if the goods are not delivered when the time comes there is failure of considera- tion ; the thing expected was not given ; the promise has not been kept. And thus where there is failure NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 105 of consideration the person who was to give the consideration cannot recover because he has failed to give it, and any holder who took the note, know- ing that the consideration had failed, will similarly be unable to recover. Perhaps as common an illus- tration of this defence as any arises where a note is given for the price of a chattel which is warranted and there is a breach of the warranty. In many States, that entitles the buyer of the chattel to rescind the contract, to give back what he has bought, and to demand his discharge from the obli- gation of the note. Accordingly, if he tenders back the inferior chattel he has a defence against any action on the note brought either by the payee, who sold the chattel and warranted it, or by anybody taking from that payee who is not a holder in due course. 169. DISCHARGE BEFORE MATURITY.— Still another personal defence is discharge of an instrument before maturity in any way except by the cancellation of it. We have already seen in paragraph 66 that cancellation of a negotiable in- strument, even before maturity, is an absolute dis- charge of it. Any kind of discharge by payment, release, or accord and satisfaction is a good defence after maturity, because after maturity there can no longer be a holder in due course. Every one who takes after maturity will take subject to that de- fence of payment or release or accord and satisfac- tion. But payment, or release, or accord and satis- 106 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS faction of a negotiable instrument before maturity is only a personal defence. You may have a holder in due course after the payment or release, and this holder in due course can sue again on the instru- ment and recover in spite of the fact that the mak- er has already paid once. The moral, of course, is plain, that if an attempt is made to settle a nego- tiable instrument before it is due, it must be accom- panied by a cancellation of the instrument ; that is, some physical mutilation or destruction of the paper sufficient to show that it is no longer a valid obligation. 170. ALTERATION.— Another personal de- fence is alteration, of v^rhich we have already spoken in connection with absolute or real defences. The maker of an altered note has an absolute defence against the note* in its altered form, but has a per- sonal defence only against it in its original form, that is, a holder in due course can enforce the note according to its original tenor. Nobody can enforce it according to its altered tenor. 171. SET-OFF AS A PERSONAL DEFENCE. — Another personal defence may arise from a right of set-off. Suppose the maker of a note has on an- other account a claim against the payee which the maker of the note could set off against the claim of the payee if the payee should sue on the note. Now suppose the payee indorses the note. Can the maker use this right of set-off against the indorsee who has purchased the note, or must the maker pay the NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 107 note in full to the holder and then try to collect his own claim from the original payee ? It is held gen- erally in this country, to depend upon whether the indorsee was a holder in due course. If he is, he takes free of the right of set-off. If, however, he did not give value, or if he knew of the claim in set- off, or purchased after maturity, generally in this country the maker of the note may assert his right of set-off against the indorsee. In England he can- not do that. It is said there, that the right of set-off is not really an equity relating to the note, and that it is a separate claim good only against the original payee, which should not travel with the note and should not under any circumstances be good against anybody but the payee of the note. 172. PAROL EVIDENCE RULE.— This con- cludes the list of personal defences with the excep- tion of one thing, which partakes somewhat of the nature of a personal defence, although it is a more extensive matter than a mere personal defence. This is what is called the Parol Evidence Rule. The Parol Evidence Rule in substance is this : when any party enters into a written contract the terms of the contract must be determined wholly from the writ- ing. This rule does not apply simply to bills and notes, it applies to any written contract, and it for- bids parties to written contracts attempting to prove that the writing is not really what they agreed, or that they agreed to something more or something less than the writing. Nothing is commoner than 108 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS for parties to attempt that sort of wriggling out of a written contract. The party to the writing who finds his feet pinched by some of its provisions fre- quently in good faith thinks it was not what the parties originally meant. The Parol Evidence Rule requires the court to enforce the writing, and not what the parties testify they meant or would have written if they had thought about it, or anything of that sort. Not infrequently the Parol Evidence Rule works a certain injustice, because it may be true that the writing did not contain all that the parties agreed, or contains something a little differ- ent from what they bargained for. But the defence of the rule is that it makes more certain the real agreement between the parties in so many more cases than those where it works injustice, that on the whole it works well. 173. ILLUSTRATIONS OF INADMISSIBLE PAROL EVIDENCE —Now how does the Parol Evidence Rule hit negotiable instruments? Not in- frequently a party to an instrument will attempt to set up some agreement which he asserts he made in regard to the note. A common agreement of this sort is an agreement that the note need not be paid at maturity but may be extended. That sort of agreement if made contemporaneously with the note cannot be proved. The note by its terms says it is payable on such a day. It would contradict the terms of that writing to set up and prove an agree- ment that it was not to be paid then, but that it was NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 109 to be paid at some later day. So if a note is positive in terms it would not be permissible to show that it was agreed between the parties that the note should be paid only upon a certain contingency. That sort of agreement is frequently made, but it is invalid unless made part of the writing. 174. SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS ARE VALID. — We must call attention, however, to this fact, that the Parol Evidence Rule relates only to agreements made at or before the time when the writing was executed. One may make a subse- quent oral agreement which, if it has sufficient con- sideration, will not infringe upon the Parol Evi- dence Rule and will be binding. The reason of this distinction between subsequent agreements and agreements made at or before the time of the writ- ing is this: the theory of the Parol Evidence Rule is that when parties reduce their agreement to writ- ing, prima facie they include in that writing every- thing relating to that matter. But the next day or the next week they may change their minds, and they have a right to make a new agreement. There is nothing in the fact that they made a writing yes- terday which would lead any one to suppose that that writing was going to be good permanently; but it is fair to suppose that at the time they made it, it expressed their whole intention in regard to the matter. Consequently, these contemporaneous agreements which we have suggested, relating to the same subject-matter as the note and inconsist- 110 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS ent with its terms, cannot be shown, but let us put some cases of matters which may seem to come pretty close to the Parol Evidence Rule and which nevertheless, may be shown. 175. ILLUSTRATIONS OF WHAT MAY BE PROVED. — It may be shown that indorsers are not liable in the order in which their names appear on the paper. It is not regarded as a contradiction of the instrument to show that the first indorser really wrote his name low down on the back of the paper and the second indorser wrote his higher up. Neither is it an infringement of the Parol Evidence Rule to show that one of the signers signed for the accommodation of another ; that does not affect the liability of the accommodating party to the holder of the note. If he is a maker he is liable as a maker, even though he makes the instrument for accom- modation. The fact that the instrument was never delivered as a negotiable instrument may be shown. It may be shown that the date which the instru- ment bears on its face, though such a date is prima facie proof of the date when the instrument was delivered, was not really the date of delivery. It may be shown that the instrument when delivered was either antedated or postdated. If the language is ambiguous also the law allows evidence of the surrounding circumstances and other matters tend- ing to show what the ambiguous words really meant. In any kind of contract the Parol Evidence Rule does not prevent a party from showing that NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 111 the instrument took its present form because of fraud or duress, and certain cases of gross mistake also may be shown, and the enforcement of the con- tract relieved against. It has sometimes been thought inconsistent with the principle of the Parol Evidence Rule that an acceptance of a bill of ex-' change should not be required to be written on the face of the instrument. It is the custom of mer- chants, of course, when a bill is accepted to write it on the bill, but an acceptance may legally not only be written in that way but may also be written on a paper other than the bill itself. That is so provided in section 151. But such an acceptance only binds the acceptor in favor of a person to whom it is shown and who on the faith thereof receives the bill for value. Furthermore, even before a bill is drawn an unconditional promise in writing to ac- cept the bill is deemed an acceptance in favor of any one who on the faith of the writing receives the bill for value. 176. RELATION OF PAROL EVIDENCE RULE TO PERSONAL DEFENCES.— Now how does the Parol Evidence Rule have anything to do with personal defences and holders in due course? Only in this way : that a purchaser who is a holder in due course unquestionably will have a right to rely on the terms of the instrument as they appear in the writing. Whether a collateral agreement does or does not infringe upon the Parol Evidence Rule, it is important to determine whether it may 112 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS be shown as between the original parties to the in- strument; but in either case it cannot be shown as against a holder in due course if the terms of the instrument do not indicate the defence. 177. SECTION 56.— [WHAT CONSTITUTES NOTICE OF DEFECT.] To constitute notice of an infirmity in the instrument or defect in the title of the person negotiating the same, the person to whom it is negotiated must have had actual knowl- edge of the infirmity or defect, or knowledge of such facts that his action in taking the instrument amounted to bad faith. 178. COMMENT ON SECTION 56.— There was formerly considerable litigation upon the ques- tion whether one who took an instrument for value and in good faith, but negligently, was a holder in due course. In other words — is it the equivalent of actual notice of a defence to prove that if the holder had not been negligent he would have learned of the defence in question? The statute establishes that negligence is not the equivalent of notice. Knowl- edge of such facts is necessary, as would indicate actual bad faith. 179. SECTION 57.— [RIGHTS OF HOLDER IN DUE COURSE.] A holder in due course holds the instrument free from any defect of title of prior parties, and free from defences available to prior parties among themselves, and may enforce pay- ment of the instrument for the full amount thereof against all parties liable thereon. NOTE. — In the Illinois Act defenses of fraud, circumven- tion and gaming within the meaning of certain local statutes NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 113 are excepted and remain as before the passage of the Act, absolute defenses. In the Wisconsin statute also some ex- ception are made to the enactment of freedom from defenses. 180. COMMENT ON SECTION 57.— It might not be easy to say what this section meant by "de- fect of title" or "defences available to prior parties among themselves," if we did not have the well set- tled law existing prior to the adoption of the statute to aid in construing it. With this aid it is clear that what is meant is that the holder in due course takes free of personal defences or equities though he does not take free of absolute defences. We have already considered what defences fall under each heading. 181. SECTION 58.— [WHEN SUBJECT TO ORIGINAL DEFENCES.] In the hands of any holder other than a holder in due course, a negotia- ble instrument is subject to the same defences as if it were non-negotiable. But a holder who derives his title through a holder in due course, and who is not himself a party to any fraud or illegality affect- ing the instrument, has all the rights of such former holder in respect of all parties prior to the latter. 182. COMMENT ON SECTION 58.— One who is not a holder in due course is (1) a person who has not given value; that is, a donee; and (2) a person who has notice of a defence. We have seen that a holder may give partial value and will, therefore, become a holder, in due course, to the extent of the value of which he has given. It is also conceivable that a holder may take with notice of a defect amounting to only a partial defence to the instru- 114 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS ment. The last sentence in Section 58 imposes an important qualification on the rule that notice of a defect subjects one who takes the instrument to a defence. After an instrument has once come into the hands of a holder in due course, all personal de- fences or equities in favor of prior parties are there- upon cut off. As the holder in due course might enforce the instrument in spite of such equities, he may give his own rights to whomsoever he will. He will not lose his rights if he finds out the defence subsequent to his acquisition of the instrument, and if he seeks to sell the instrument to another he may tell the purchaser the facts and the purchaser may safely buy. Although he will know there was an equity, he will also know that the equity has been cut off. This does not injure the party who had a personal defence. It is no more burdensome to him to pay a subsequent purchaser than it would be to pay the first holder in due course. Therefore, when any personal defence is raised, the question is not simply whether the present holder is a holder in due course but whether at any time subsequent to the delivery of the obligation, enforcement of which is sought, the instrument has come into the hands of such a holder. 183. SECTION 59.— [WHO DEEMED HOLDER IN DUE COURSE.] Every holder is deemed prima facie to be a holder in due course ; but when it is shown that the title of any person who has negotiated the instrument was defective, the NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 115 burden is on the holder to prove that he or some person under whom he claims acquired the title as holder in due course. But the last-mentioned rule does not apply in favor of a party who became bound on the instrument prior to the acquisition of such defective title. 184. COMMENT ON SECTION 59.— This sec- tion relates merely to the burden of proof. Prima facie the holder of an instrument is a rightful holder, and a holder for value. When, however, it has been shown that an equity existed, the burden is then on the holder to establish that this equity has been cut off by the acquisition of the instrument at some time by a holder in due course. Article V — Liabilities of Parties 185. SECTION 60.— [LIABILITY OF MAK- ER.] The maker of a negotiable instrument by making it engages that he will pay it according to its tenor, and admits the existence of the payee and his then capacity to endorse. 186. LIABILITY OF A DRAWEE, AC- CEPTOR AND MAKER.— The drawee until he accepts a bill is not liable on the instrument, but he, may be liable by virtue of a collateral contract with the drawer. For instance, if a bank fails to honor a check drawn upon it when the drawer has funds, the bank will be liable not on the check and not to the holder of the check, but to the drawer of the check on his implied contract with the bank when he became a depositor that the bank would honor 116 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS such checks as he should draw within the limits of his account. The acceptor when he accepts be- comes the party primarily liable on the instrument, and of course the maker of a note is similarly liable. (Section 60.) The normal and only proper way of accepting a bill is in writing on the bill signed by the drawee, but the statute holds a written promise by the drawee though not on the bill binding upon one to whom it is shown and who on the faith of it receives the bill for value. (Sections 134, 135.) The statute (Sections 139-142) distinguishes general acceptance from qualified acceptance. A holder is entitled to a general, that is, an unqualified accept- ance, and if the drawee refuses to give it, may treat the bill as dishonored (Sections 142-149), but the holder may, if he chooses, take an acceptance vary- ing from the tenor of the bill in amount, place, time or otherwise. If he does so the acceptor will be lia- ble according to the terms of his acceptance — not according to the terms of the bill as originally drawn. The drawer and indorsers will be dis- charged since they never agreed to be responsible, for such a qualified acceptance ; but they can assent to be so responsible, and if after notice of the quali- fied acceptance they do not express dissent to the holder, they will be deemed to have assented. (Sec- tion 142.) 187. SECTION 61. ~ [LIABILITY OF DRAWER.] The drawer by drawing the instru- ment admits the existence of the payee and his then NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 117 capacity to endorse; and engages that on due pre- sentment the instrument will be accepted or paid, or both, according to its tenor, and that if it be dishon- ored, and the necessary proceedings on dishonor be duly taken, he will pay the amount thereof to the holder, or to any subsequent indorser who may be compelled to pay it. But the drawer may insert in the instrument an express stipulation negativing or limiting his own liability to the holder. 188. LIABILITY OF A DRAWER. — The drawer of a bill orders the drawee to pay. He does not in words say, "And I promise to pay if the drawee does not," but he impliedly promises that by drawing the bill, and he may not only promise to pay the instrument if the drawee fails to pay it, but also if the drawee fails to accept it. A demand bill does not contemplate an acceptance, but a time bill (and in Massachusetts, New Hampshire and North Carolina a sight bill) does, and a drawer of such a bill promises in effect, "If this instrument is pre- sented for acceptance it will be accepted, or if not, on due notice I promise to pay it ; and, further, if it is not dishonored for nonacceptance and is pre- sented for payment at the day of maturity, I prom-, ise that if it is not then paid, on due notice of that fact I will pay it." The holder of such a bill need not present it for acceptance unless he likes. He may wait until the day of maturity and then simply present it for payment ; but if he presents it for ac- ceptance and the instrument is not accepted, he must then give notice of dishonor, to the drawer, for 118 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS the drawer's obligation is conditional, not simply on the failure of the drawee to accept and to pay, but also on proper notice of such failure being sent to the drawer. The holder, after failing to give notice of dishonor for nonacceptance, cannot thereafter charge the drawer by presentment at maturity for payment, and giving notice of nonpayment. The drawer may expressly put other conditions limiting his obligation to pay the instrument, but that is not common. 189. SECTION 62.— [LIABILITY OF AC- CEPTOR.] The acceptor by accepting the instru- ment engages that he will pay it according to the tenor of his acceptance; and admits, — (1) The ex- istence of the drawer, the genuineness of his signa- ture, and his capacity and authority to draw the in- strument; and (2) The existence of the payee and his then capacity to endorse. 190. ADMISSIONS IMPLIED BY DRAW- ING, MAKING OR ACCEPTING.— The drawer, the maker and the acceptor, by signing, admit the existence of the payee and his capacity to indorse the instrument. If he becomes incapacitated to in- dorse after the instrument is drawn, however, that may be set up as a defence. The acceptor further admits not only the existence of the drawer but the genuineness of his signature and his capacity and authority to draw the instrument. That is a mat- ter that has given rise to a good deal of litigation. The result of the cases prior to the Negotiable In- struments Law was generally the same as is now NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 119 stated in the statute. The reason for the result as generally given is that the drawee is bound to know the signature of the drawer. Accordingly, if a holder for value presents a check or presents a bill of exchange to the drawee, and the drawee pays it, the money cannot be recovered, although the signa- ture is forged. The drawee must look out for that before he pays, and an acceptor similarly must be on his guard when he accepts the instrument. So a bank when it certifies a check becomes absolutely liable to pay it to a holder in due course, even though the drawer's signature was forged. (Sec- tions 23, 60-62.) 191. SECTION 63. ~ [WHEN PERSON DEEMED INDORSER.] A person placing his signature upon an instrument otherwise than as maker, drawer or acceptor, is deemed to be an in- dorser, unless he clearly indicates by appropriate words his intention to be bound in some other capacity. 192. COMMENT ON SECTION 63.— There have been many cases in the past raising the ques- tion of the liability intended to be assumed by one who placed his name on negotiable paper in an un- usual way. Most of these cases it is true related to what are called irregular indorsements in the fol- lowing section of the statute. But it is possible for one to become a party to an instrument as a guar- antor. So one who signs on the back of negotiable paper may intend to assume the liability of a maker 120 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS rather than an indorser. It is possible under the Negotiable Instruments Law to give effect to any such intentions if they are clearly manifested, but this section of the statute provides a rule of pre- sumption applicable where it is not made perfectly clear that another meaning is intended. 193. SECTION 64.— [LIABILITY OF IR- REGULAR INDORSER.] Where a person, not otherwise a party to an instrument, places thereon his signature in blank before delivery he is liable as indorser, in accordance with the following rules: — (1) If the instrument is payable to the order of a third person, he is liable to the payee and to all sub- sequent parties. (2) If the instrument is payable to the order of the maker or drawer, or is payable to bearer, he is liable to all parties subsequent to the maker or drawer. (3) If he signs for the accommo- dation of the payee, he is liable to all parties subse- quent to the payee. NOTE. — In the Illinois Act sub-section (1) and (2) are as follows: (1) If the instrument is a note or bill payable to the order of a third person, or an accepted bill, payable to the order of the drawer, he is liable to the payee and to all subsequent parties. (2) If the instrument is a note or unaccepted bill payable to the order of the maker or drawer, or is payable to bearer, he is liable to all parties subsequent to the maker or drawer. 194. ANOMALOUS OR IRREGULAR IN- DORSEMENTS.— Ordinarily an indorsement is both a transfer and a special kind of guarantee, but it may be one only of these things or it may be neither. Thus, an indorsement without recourse is a transfer but is not a guarantee. An anomalous in- dorsement is not a transfer but it is a guaranty. So NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 121 an indorsement of an instrument negotiable by de- livery, though unnecessary to transfer the instru- ment, is effective to create the liabilities of an in- dorser. (Section 67.) And there is one kind of in- dorsement that is neither a transfer nor a guarantee, but merely a receipt. Suppose a check is presented by the payee at the bank on which it is drawn. The bank asks for the payee's indorsement. Now that signature will not enable the bank under these cir- cumstances to sue the indorser, even though the drawer had in fact no funds or even though the drawer's signature was forged; it is simply an ac- knowledgment or receipt for the money. But the anomalous or irregular indorsement though not a transfer is a guaranty of the same sort that an un- qualified regular indorsement is. It is called anoma- lous or irregular because it is made by one who is not a party to the instrument nor a holder of it. A makes a note payable to bank B and gets C to sign at the time of the transaction as an indorser for security. C was never, of course, a holder of that instrument, and consequently the indorsement is not a transfer. The same practical result might be reached and often is reached by a regular indorse- ment. A might have made that note payable to C and then got C to indorse it to the bank. Under the transaction in that form the bank would as before have the signatures of A and C, but here C would be a regular indorser, as he was the payee of the instrument. Before the passage of the Negotiable 122 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS Instruments Law an anomalous indorser was held in some States a joint maker of the instrument, in others varying kinds of obligations were held to be created by such an indorsement. This led to all .kinds of trouble; but that is changed by the Nego- tiable Instruments Law, which provides in Section 63 that where a person not otherwise a party to an instrument places thereon his signature in blank be- fore delivery, he is liable as an indorser to parties who take the instrument subsequently; and he is entitled to the same diligence on the part of the holder in order to charge him as is required in order to charge a regular indorser. It is broadly provided also in Section 64 that if a person places his signa- ture on an instrument otherwise than as drawer or acceptor he is bound as an indorser, unless he clearly indicates by appropriate words another in- tention. 195. SECTION 65.— [WARRANTY WHERE NEGOTIATION BY DELIVERY, ET CET- ERA.] Every person negotiating an instrument by delivery or by a qualified indorsement, warrants : — (1) That the instrument is genuine and in all re- spects what it purports to be; (2) That he has a good title to it; (3) That all prior parties had ca- pacity to contract; (4) That he has no knowledge of any fact which would impair the validity of the instrument or render it valueless. But when the negotiation is by delivery only, the warranty extends in favor of no holder other than the immediate transferee. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 123 The provisions of subdivision three of this section do not apply to persons negotiating public or cor- poration securities, other than bills and notes. 196. WARRANTIES.— The law of warranty in regard to negotiable instruments is based on the same principle as the law of warranty in the sale of chattel property. If a seller induces a buyer to purchase by making a representation of the title or the quality of the goods sold, he becomes a war- rantor of the truth of his statements. Had he merely expressed an opinion instead of making a positive affirmation he would not have been so lia- ble. The law also recognizes that even though no express affirmation is made, the very act of offering goods for sale carries with it an implied repre- sentation. One who purports to sell goods impli- edly represents that he is the owner, and, therefore, impliedly warrants his title. So we find it recog- nized in the law of negotiable paper that one who sells it impliedly warrants his title and warrants that the instrument is what it seems to be ; namely, a genuine instrument; and that the parties who purport to have signed have actually signed andj have the capacity to sign. There is no warranty, however, implied of the solvency of the parties, nor is there a warranty that none of the parties has a defence to the instrument unknown to the seller. 197. SECTION 66.— [LIABILITY OF GEN- ERAL INDORSER.] Every indorser who indorses without qualification, warrants to all subsequent 124 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS holders in due course : (1) The matters and things mentioned in subdivision one, two and three of the next preceding section; and (2) That the instru- ment is at the time of his indorsement valid and subsisting. And, in addition, he engages that on due present- ment, it shall be accepted or paid, or both, as the case may be, according to its tenor, and that if it be dishonored, and the necessary proceedings on dis- honor be duly taken, he will pay the amount thereof to the holder, or to any subsequent indorser who may be compelled to pay it. 198. LIABILITIES OF AN INDORSER.— An indorser's main obligation is, of course, an under- taking that on presentment a bill shall be accepted or shall be paid at maturity, or both, and similarly he engages that a promissory note shall be paid at maturity on presentment, subject in both cases to proper notice being given of dishonor. He also makes certain warranties in regard to the instru- ment itself, and even one who indorses without re- course, or who transfers by mere delivery paper payable to bearer, makes certain warranties, the most important of which is that the instrument is genuine and is what it purports to be. Accordingly, if there is any forged signature on negotiable paper, one who indorses without recourse would be liable to the purchaser for such damage as the forgery caused. One who sold such an instrument without any indorsement would also be liable to the same extent. Furthermore, it is warranted by the trans- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 125 ferrer, whether an indorser or not, that he has title to the instrument, and that all the prior parties had capacity to contract. If the instrument is simply transferred without indorsement, the seller also warrants that he has no knowledge of any fact which would impair the validity of the instrument and render it valueless. The provision as to capac- ity to contract does not apply to the sale of bonds of corporations or public securities, but the provision as to genuineness would apply to any negotiable in- strument which is sold. (Section 65.) Indeed, the law is the same on this point when any personal property is sold. 199. SECTION 67.— [LIABILITY OF IN- DORSER WHERE PAPER NEGOTIABLE BY DELIVERY.] Where a person places his indorse- ment on an instrument negotiable by delivery he incurs all the liabilities of an indorser. 200. SECTION 68.— [ORDER IN WHICH INDORSERS ARE LIABLE.] As respects one another indorsers are liable prima facie in the order in which they indorse ; but evidence is admissible to show that as between or among themselves they have agreed otherwise. Joint payees or joint in- dorsees who indorse are deemed to indorse jointly and severally. 201. ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE PROVI- SIONS OF SECTION 68.— Indorsers, as between themselves, are bound in a fixed order. That is gen- erally the order in which the names appear on the paper, but conceivably it might not be. Thus, a 126 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS second indorser might place his name above a prior indorsement, but that would not render him a prior indorser. So, also, several indorsers might be jointly liable. They may all have indorsed as co- sureties. In that case, as between one another, they would have to share the loss equally ; but generally as between themselves indorsers are liable in the order in which their names appear. The last in- dorser can sue the preceding one and so on (Section 121), but so far as the holder is concerned this order makes no difference. He can charge all the in- dorsers at once on dishonor of the instrument, and he can bring an action or actions against all of them at the same time. (Section 84.) He may sue any one or all of them before he sues the partj'- primarily liable, or he may sue the indorsers at the same time that he sues the party primarily liable; and the holder may get judgment against all of these parties for the full amount of the bill or note, the only limit to his rights being that he can collect on his judg- ments only the full amount of the instrument. 202. SECTION 69.— [LIABILITY OF AN AGENT OR BROKER.] Where a broker or other agent negotiates an instrument without endorse- ment he incurs all the liabilities prescribed by sec- tion sixty-five of this act, unless he discloses the name of his principal, and the fact that he is acting only as agent. 203. COMMENT ON SECTION 69.— Though the law of undisclosed principal does not apply to obligations on negotiable paper (the rule as to them NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 127 being that only the party named on the paper as contracting is bound whether he be in fact principal or agent) the obligations named in Section 65 are extrinsic and collateral, not on the paper itself. Ac- cordingly if an agent does not disclose his principal when he sells a negotiable instrument he would be personally liable as a warrantor, but if the agent was acting within his express or implied authority the principal also would be liable. Article VI — Presentment for Payment 204. SECTION 70.— [EFFECT OF WANT OF DEMAND ON PRINCIPAL DEBTOR.] Presentment for payment is not necessary in order to charge the person primarily liable on the instru- ment ; but if the instrument is, by its terms, payable at a special place, and he is able and willing to pay it there at maturity, such ability and willingness are equivalent to a tender of payment upon his part. But except as herein otherwise provided, present- ment for payment is necessary in order to charge the drawer and indorsers. NOTE. — In the Illinois Act after the word "instrument" are inserted the words: "except in the case of bank notes." In the Kansas, New York and Ohio Acts after the word "maturity" are inserted the words: "and has funds there available for that purpose." In the Wisconsin Act all of the first sentence after the words "on the instrument" is omitted. 205. PRESENTMENT UNNECESSARY TO HOLD PRIMARY PARTY.— The party primarily liable may be sued without any previous demand on the maturity of the instrument. This is true even 128 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS though such party does not know who is the holder and the instrument is not made payable at a par- ticular place, so that tender of payment is impossi- ble. It is also true though the instrument is pay- able on demand. Demand paper is payable without a demand, paradoxical as it may seem. Presentment, before the passage of the Negotia- ble Instruments Law, in some jurisdictions at least, was necessary to charge the party primarily liable if the instrument was payable at a particular place ; but that is not so now. Even under the Negotiable Instruments Law, however, if presentment was in express terms required by the instrument presum- ably it would have to be made. It would be possible to write an instrument with such a condition, but that is not done in the ordinary forms of notes. 206. PRESENTMENT IS NECESSARY TO CHARGE PARTIES SECONDARILY LIABLE. — In order to charge parties secondarily liable, on the other hand, presentment to the party primarily liable is always necessary unless the contrary is provided. It is perfectly possible here, also, to pro- vide in the instrument contrary to the general rule. An indorser may agree to be liable without present- ment to the maker. 207. TENDER. — Damages may be stopped or limited at any time by tender. Tender stops inter- est and stops a right to any additional damages sub- sequent to the time of tender. It is sometimes sup- posed that tender discharges a debt, but, of course, NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 129 that is not so. What is tender? Strictly, tender is an offer of an amount of legal tender money equal to the indebtedness of the person tendering. Noth- ing but legal tender is sufficient, but unless the creditor requests legal tender, or rather unless he objects to the form in which tender is made, an offer of any ordinary medium of payment, such as a cer- tified check, would be sufficient. The creditor has a right to say, *T want legal tender offered to me," but if he does not say that the certified check will do as well. Tender ordinarily implies an offer to the creditor in person, but not necessarily. Suppose an instrument is payable at a particular place. If the debtor goes to that place ready and willing and able to offer payment, but the creditor is not there, that is a good tender. Accordingly, if a note is pay- able at a bank, and the maker of the note has on deposit at that bank on the day of maturity an amount sufficient to meet the obligation, that serves as an automatic tender. If the creditor comes to the bank he can get it ; if the creditor does not come, the mere fact that the money is at the place waiting for him will stop interest. (Section 70.) The tender will not only stop interest and further damages, but it will also operate as a discharge of subsequent par- ties on the instrument. It will not discharge the debt as far as the person tendering is concerned, nor as far as any prior party in concerned, but as to sub- sequent parties it does in effect amount to a dis- charge. (Section 120 [5]). The reason is that since 130 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS the holder, when the tender was made, might have had his money if he had wanted it, it is unfair, when the only reason he does not get paid is his own refusal or neglect, that he should thereafter charge a subsequent party. In order to be valid, the tender must be sufficient in amount. 208. KINDS OF INTEREST.— Not only are there questions arising in regard to the principal sum which is due upon a note, but there are ques- tions in regard to interest. Interest is of two sorts : the first is interest agreed upon by the parties, sometimes called conventional interest, which means interest contracted for; the second kind of interest is given by the law as damages irrespective of any agreement on the part of the parties. An- other kind of charge which is somewhat like in- terest in its nature, though not exactly the same, consists of percentages allowed in lieu of what is called re-exchange, and we shall say a few words in regard to each one of these. 209. CONVENTIONAL INTEREST.— In the first place, conventional interest must be reserved in the note. Unless the instrument says something to the contrary the interest will run from the date of the instrument ; that is so provided in section 1 7 of the statute. If the instrument is not dated, then interest will run from delivery, always assuming that the note provides for interest. A postdated or antedated note will get so much the less or more interest. If the note does not state how long the NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 131 interest is to run, as generally it does not, it will run until the note is paid. That seems obvious where the interest is as high or higher than the legal rate, but it is also true if the interest is lower than the legal rate. For instance, suppose a note payable in one year with interest at 5 per cent, is not paid at maturity. Had there been no interest mentioned in the note the interest from maturity would run at the legal rate which is generally 6 per cent, and it sometimes seems hard to the holder of such a note that he should be worse off in having an in- terest-bearing note, so far as the period after ma- turity is concerned, than a man would be who had a non-interest-bearing note ; but that is the rule. The contract rate governs not only before maturity but after. When the note is reduced to judgment, how- ever, the judgment will bear interest at the legal rate. 210. CONSTRUCTION OF AMBIGUOUS AGREEMENTS FOR INTEREST.— A note not infrequently reads simply, "with interest." That is understood to mean with interest at the legal rate. But sometimes this case is presented: there is a blank form used and the form reads, "With in- terest at ," and does not mention any rate, but leaves a blank, or reads "With interest." In the first place, that is an incomplete instrument, and any one who takes it with those blanks in it will be obliged to find out at his peril what is the real au- thority to fill out the blanks. If the parties really 132 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS bargained for 5 or 3 per cent, interest, that is all the interest that can be recovered, and if they bargained that there should be no interest we presume that also would be provable and that no interest could be re- covered. If the blanks were filled out before matur- ity and a holder in due course took the instrument, he would be entitled to recover on the instrument according to the way the blanks were actually filled out. We may suppose, however, that the parties when they made the note made no agreement as to interest, — said nothing about it; there would then be no evidence of the rights of the parties except what the note itself furnished. We suppose in that case interest at the legal rate would be allowed, though it has been argued that an instrument read- ing, "With interest at per cent.," or "With interest," until the blank is filled out, in effect says with interest at no per cent., or with no inter- est. It has been decided in one case, however, that the legal rate is the fair meaning. 211. INTEREST AS DAMAGES.— Now about interest recoverable as damages. It follows from what we have already said that such interest is re- coverable only in case there is no agreement for interest in the note at all. In such a case interest at the legal rate runs from the maturity of time paper, and on demand paper runs from delivery. 212. CALCULATION OF INTEREST.— A question has been raised as to the calculation of in- terest. Interest is ordinarily calculated by business NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 133 and financial people on the assumption that there are three hundred and sixty days in the year. The result of that method of calculation is frequently that a little more interest is charged than is actually earned; that is, 1-360 of 6 per cent, is charged for each day instead of 1-365. This trivial inaccuracy in the calculation of interest ordinarily makes no difference, but it becomes of importance in certain States where usury laws forbid charging more than a given rate of interest, say 6 per cent. In a State where such a law prevails it might be usurious to charge interest calculated on the basis of three hun- dred and sixty days to the year, and probably as a matter of strict law, even where there is no usury law, if any one liable to pay interest insisted on having his interest calculated exactly on the basis of three hundred and sixty-five days in the year, so that he would pay only 1-365 of the annual rate for each day instead of 1-360, as commonly calculated, he would be entitled to make that demand. In a few States special statutes have been passed legaliz- ing the ordinary method of calculating interest. Even without such statutes courts have generally^ concluded that "six per cent." as used in a usury statute means six per cent, as ordinarily calculated by business men. 213. RE-EXCHANGE.— There is one other kind of damages, damages given in lieu of re-ex- change. That involves an explanation of what is meant by re-exchange. If a note is payable in one 134 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS city and there are half a dozen indorsers on it and the note is dishonored, the holder not only has a claim, after charging the indorsers, against every one of them for the amount of the bill, but also he has a right to the amount of the bill in the place where the instrument was payable. Now suppose the indorsers live in several other cities, as New York, Philadelphia and Chicago. The way that is supposed to be adjusted unless this method is changed by statute is this: the holder in the city where the instrument is payable has a right to draw a draft on the indorsers in New York, Chicago and Philadelphia for such an amount as will equal the face of the note if the draft were discounted in the place where the note was payable; that is, the amount of the draft would be the face of the note plus exchange on the places where the indorsers live. In lieu of that right to re-exchange, the stat- utes of many States provide that a certain per cent, on a negotiable instrument may be added in charg- ing a party secondarily liable if he lives at a dis- tance from the place where the instrument is pay- able, the percentage varying with the distance. 214. PROTEST FEES.— Protest fees also may be added as part of the damages due on an instru- ment, and become part of the obligation of all par- ties to it. 215. SECTION 71. — [PRESENTMENT WHERE INSTRUMENT IS NOT PAYABLE ON DEMAND AND WHERE PAYABLE ON NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 135 DEMAND.] Where the instrument is not payable on demand, presentment must be made on the day it falls due. Where it is payable on demand, pre- sentment must be made within a reasonable time after its issue, except that in the case of a bill of exchange, presentment for payment will be suffi- cient if m^ade within a reasonable time after the last negotiation thereof. NOTE. — In the Nebraska Act all of the section after the words "reasonable time after its issue" is omitted. In the Vermont Act instead of the last five words of the section are substituted: "after its issue in order to charge the drawer." 216. DATE OF MATURITY IMPORTANT FOR THREE QUESTIONS.— The next question to determine is when an instrument is overdue. That is necessary for several purposes, and unfortunately under our law an instrument may not be overdue for all these purposes at the same moment. There is a good deal of confusion about overdue paper because these several questions which may arise with reference to overdue paper are not kept apart. The first and primary question in regard to when paper is overdue is. When can you sue the party pri- marily liable? The second question is, When can you give notice of dishonor to parties secondarily liable that the instrument has been dishonored at maturity? The third question is. When is the in- strument subject to personal defences if purchased thereafter? 217. IN EUROPE OVERDUE FOR ALL PURPOSES AT THE SAME TIME.— Under the 136 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS practice on the continent of Europe, (see paragraph 321), of marking on the face of a bill the fact of its dishonor or its payment on presentment, the difficulties that beset our law in regard to this mat- ter do not occur. The answers to each of these three questions on the continent of Europe will always be the same. As soon as there is a right of action against the maker then will always be the time to give notice, and thereafter the instrument will always pass subject to equities. But now let us see how it works in this country. 218. WHEN RIGHT OF ACTION ARISES IN THE UNITED STATES.— It is the rule in simple contracts that when a man contracts to do something on a given day he has until the last minute of that day to satisfy his obligation. That is true both of contracts to pay money and of con- tracts to do other things. If by a simple contract one agrees to pay $1,000 on the 2d of January, he cannot be sued on that obligation until after the last minute of the 2d of January has expired, for until that last minute it is possible he may fulfill his contract. The result is that a right of action will not accrue on that contract until the 3d of January. That principle, unfortunately, has been applied rather generally to negotiable instruments. If a note is by its terms payable on the 2d of January the general rule is that no action can be begun against the parties until the 3d of January. The in- strument is not overdue so far as the maker is con- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 137 cerned until then. That is probably contrary to the cheory and customs of bankers and merchants. The cheory of bankers and merchants is that the maker of the instrument agrees that he will pay it on pre- sentment on the 2d of January, that the maker is not entitled to the last minute of the day, that he must be ready at the beginning of the business day, and that whenever his creditor presents that instrument to him on that day he must pay it. Now the law in Massachusetts and Maine, unlike the law of most of the United States, has to some extent recognized this custom. It has recognized it to this extent : if there is an actual presentment on the 2d of January and dishonor, a right of action against the maker arises immediately in favor of the holder; he does not have to wait until the last minute of the day, and therefore does not have to wait until the 3d of Janu- ary to sue. But it is law in Massachusetts and Maine, as it is elsewhere, that if presentment is not made on the 2d of January (and under the Nego- tiable Instruments Law there is in general no reason to make presentment except to charge the indor- sers, and therefore a note without indorsers need not be presented) the maker is not liable to suit until the 3d of January. The day of maturity is also affected by Sundays and holidays. If the day of maturity falls on Sunday or a holiday, the instru- ment is not payable until the next business day, and time instruments payable on Saturday must also be presented on the next business day. (Section 85.) 138 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS So much for an instrument being overdue for the purpose of a right of action against the party pri- marily liable. 219. WHEN INSTRUMENT IS OVERDUE FOR OTHER PURPOSES.— Secondly when is an jinstrument overdue for the purpose of charging in- dorsers? For that purpose it is everywhere over- due as soon as it is presented and dishonored on the day of maturity (Sections 71, 83, 102), and thirdly when it is overdue for the purpose of letting in equities. Everywhere but in Massachusetts, so far as it has been decided, the instrument is overdue for the purpose of letting in equities only on the day after that on which it falls due, that is, on the 3d of January. A purchaser on the 2d of January, unless he had notice that the instrument had been pre- sented and dishonored, would be a holder in due course. One in Massachusetts who purchases on the 2d of January is not a holder in due course, un- less Section 52 of the Negotiable Instruments Law has changed the law previously existing in that State. 220. WHERE AN INSTALLMENT OR IN- TEREST IS UNPAID.— One may suppose some rather special cases in regard to overdue paper ; for instance, suppose an instrument payable in install- ments and one installment overdue and unpaid. Is that instrument, as a whole, dishonored? The an- swer to that is, yes. On the other hand, if merely interest is due and unpaid the note is not dishon- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 139 ored. A case arose in Wisconsin where the instru- ment provided that if the interest was unpaid the note should thereupon become due. The interest was unpaid and the note was purchased before the day it was due by its original terms, but the Wis- consin court held that the purchaser was not a holder in due course. He had bought after matur- ity, since the non-payment of interest made the whole note due. 221. WHEN RIGHT OF ACTION ACCRUES ON DEMAND PAPER.~A more troublesome question than that concerning the day of maturity of time paper is the day of maturity of demand paper, and here again we must make the distinction clear between these several questions of when a right of action arises, when the instrument is sub- ject to equities, and when notice may be given to indorsers. On demand paper a right of action against the maker arises immediately as soon as it is delivered. By the terms of the paper it might be supposed that demand was a prerequisite to such a right of action, and on theory it ought to be, but as has been said, in this country and England it is not. (Section 70.) 222. MATURITY OF DEMAND PAPER TO CHARGE INDORSERS.— The holder may make a demand on the maker within a reasonable time after the issue of the instrument for the purpose of charging indorsers, the instrument maturing at any time within that limit that_the holder wishes to pre- 140 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS sent it. (Section 71.) He may demand payment at once of the party primarily liable, and on his refusal to pay and notice to the indorser, he will acquire a right of action against the latter. 223. WHAT IS A REASONABLE TIME FOR A BILL OF EXCHANGE.— Section 71 of the stat- ute provides that in case of a bill of exchange pay- able on demand, presentment for payment will be sufficient if made within a reasonable time after the last negotiation thereof. That provision is clearly a blunder. The rule before the passage of the Nego- tiable Instruments Law was that a demand bill of exchange might be negotiated as many times as the holder chose before presentment, provided that an unreasonable time never elapsed between one nego- tiation and the next ; that is, it could be kept in mo- tion, and so long as it was kept in motion it would not matter what was the total addition of the short periods between the several indorsements. But this section of the Negotiable Instruments Law says that it is all right if presentment is made within a reasonable time after the last negotiation. Appar- ently, therefore, we may have a demand bill of ex- change and hold it for five years and then negotiate it, and everything will be all right if the bill is pre- sented within a reasonable time after the last nego- tiation. 224. SECTION 72.— [WHAT CONSTI- TUTES A SUFFICIENT PRESENTMENT.] Presentment for payment, to be sufficient, must be NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 141 made: — (1) By the holder, or by some person au- thorized to receive payment on his behalf. (2) At a reasonable hour on a business day. (3) At a proper place as herein defined. (4) To the person primar- ily liable on the instrument or if he is absent or inac- cessible, to any person found at the place where the presentment is made. 225. PRESENTMENT FOR PAYMENT.— Presentment for payment is, as we have said, neces- sary to charge parties secondarily liable. It may be asked when presentment must be made, to whom it must be made, by whom it must be made, and the place where it must be made. 226. TIME OF PRESENTMENT.— As to the time, it must be at maturity of the instrument, if the instrument is a time bill, and if it is a demand instrument presentment must be made within a reasonable time. (Section 71.) The hour of the day when presentment is made must be reasonable. (Section 72 [2].) What is a reasonable hour of the day may depend on who is the drawee. In Chicago a case arose where it appeared that it was the busi- ness custom of banks to remain open between 3 and 6 o'clock, having some one in charge for the pur- pose of receiving presentment of instruments which had been rejected at the Clearing House. It was held in view of this custom that a presentment with- in these afternoon hours was presentment at a reasonable hour of the day. Unless, however, it was the custom of the banks to stay open after 3 o'clock 142 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS it would not be reasonable to seek to present to the bank, as the party primarily liable on the instru- ment, after 3 o'clock in the day. (See also Section 75.) But if the drawee was a business man in the same city, and the normal hours of his business ex- ^ tended until 5 or 6 o'clock, presentment as late as that might be permissible. 227. BY WHOM AND TO WHOM PRE- SENTMENT MUST BE MADE.— Now by whom must presentment be made? It must be made, as is provided in Section 72 of the act, by the holder or some person authorized by him to receive payment. It must be presented to the person who is primarily liable on the instrument, or to the drawee of the bill of exchange or check, if there has been no ac- ceptance of the bill or certification of the check. If the person primarily liable on the instrument is not at the place where presentment should be made, but somebody else is, payment should be demanded from him. He may be the authorized agent of the person primarily liable. If there are joint parties primarily liable, it must be presented to both (Sec- tion 78) unless they are partners, in which case pre- sentment to one is enough. (Section 77.) If the party primarily liable is dead presentment must be made to his executor or administrator. (Section 76.) In any of these cases, however, if a place of payment is specified in the instrument, presentment at that place on the day of maturity is sufficient. 228. SECTION 73.— [PLACE OF PRESENT- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 143 MENT.] Presentment for payment is made at the proper place: — (1) Where a place of payment is specified in the instrument and it is there presented. (2) Where no place of payment is specified, but the address of the person to make payment is given in the instrument and it is there presented. (3) Where no place of payment is specified and no ad- dress is given and the instrument is presented at the usual place of business or residence of the person to make payment. (4) In any other case if presented to the person to make payment wherever he can be found, or if presented at his last known place of business or residence. 229. IMPORTANCE OF SPECIFYING A PLACE OF PAYMENT IN NEGOTIABLE IN- STRUMENTS.— It is worth while to call attention to the importance of having negotiable instruments always made payable at a particular place. This simplifies the duty of the holder. All he has to do is present the instrument there. It is also an advan- tage for the debtor, for all he has to do to make tender in order to stop interest is to have money at the place where the instrument is made payable. If there is no place of payment named, each party is at a disadvantage, for the debtor can never tell who may be holder at maturity; he has to depend on receiving notification of that, which may not be given him, and therefore he is unable to stop inter- est because the note may be negotiated to he knows aot whom. The creditor is at a similar disadvan- tage if no place of payment is named, for he cannot tell where to make presentment. 144 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 230. SECTION 74.— [INSTRUMENT MUST BE EXHIBITED.] The instrument must be ex- hibited to the person from whom payment is de- manded, and when it is paid must be delivered up to the party paying it. 231. PRESENTMENT INVOLVES SHOW- ING THE INSTRUMENT.— Presentment implies showing the instrument. It is not enough to de- mand payment. It is requisite for the creditor to say, in effect, "Here is the instrument on which you are liable and which I am ready to surrender on receiving payment." A New York case arose a short time ago of an attempted presentment over the telephone, and the party primarily liable re- fused payment. The question was whether the parties secondarily liable could be charged on that presentment. A lower court in New York held that they might be, that the showing of the note was waived by the party primarily liable. We are not sure that the decision was right. Presentment is for the benefit, not of the party primarily liable, but of the parties secondarily liable. The parties sec- ondarily liable have a right to say, "We will not pay unless there has been proper presentment." Now it seems that it can hardly be proper presentment unless the instrument is actually brought within reach of the party primarily liable and in effect offered to him. If presentment is good over the telephone from one bank to another in New York City, why is it not good as between New York and NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 145 Chicago, without sending the note to Chicago at all, where it is payable? 232. SECTION 75. —. [PRESENTMENT WHERE INSTRUMENT PAYABLE AT BANK.] Where the instrument is payable at a bank, presentment for payment must be made dur- ing banking hours, unless the person to make pay- ment has no funds there to meet it at any time dur- ing the day, in which case presentment at any hour before the bank is closed on that day is sufficient. NOTE. — The Nebraska Act ends with the words "bank- ing hours." 233. COMMENT ON SECTION 75.— What is meant by "banking hours" depends upon the cus- tom of the place of payment. Often a bank trans- acts the business of paying negotiable paper of cer- tain kinds after the hour when ordinary deposits are received and checks cashed. Thus, as has been said, in Chicago it appeared to be the custom for banks to remain open between three and six o'clock P. M. for the purpose of meeting certain demands. A presentment of negotiable paper which was a demand of this sort was held seasonable when made between these hours. 234. SECTION 76.— [PRESENTMENT WHERE PRINCIPAL DEBTOR IS DEAD.] Where a person primarily liable on the instrument is dead, and no place of payment is specified, pre- sentment for payment must be made to his per- sonal representative if such there be, and if, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, he can be be found. 146 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 235. COMMENT ON SECTION 76.— It is im- portant to be sure that the person primarily liable is dead. Reasonable cause to believe him dead is not enough ; and in an action against a party second- arily liable, death must be proved. Moreover, though death excuses presentment, it does not ex- cuse the requisite notice of dishonor to parties sec- ondarily liable. 236. SECTION 77.— [PRESENTMENT TO PERSONS LIABLE AS PARTNERS.] Where the persons primarily liable on the instrument are liable as partners, and no place of payment is speci- fied, presentment for payment may be made to any one of them, even though there has been a dissolu- tion of the firm. 237. LIABILITY OF PARTNERS AND OTHER OBLIGORS.— Partners are jointly liable in most jurisdictions, (in a few they are liable joint- ly and severally) but there is this difference between joint obligors who are partners, and other joint obligors. Each partner is agent for the firm in all matters appropriate for the transaction of the firm's business. This includes the payment of negotiable paper ; therefore presentment to one is in effect pre- sentment to all. 238. SECTION 78.— [PRESENTMENT TO JOINT DEBTORS.] Where there are several persons, not partners, primarily liable on the instru- ment, and no place of payment is specified, present- ment must be made to them all. 239. COMMENT ON SECTION 78.— Though NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 147 this section is headed in the Statute — "Presentment to joint debtors," the heading is too narrow, for the section is appUcable not simply to cases of joint liability, but to cases of persons severally liable or jointly and severally liable. If the parties primarily liable are liable severally, or jointly and severally, each one may be sued separately; whereas if they are jointly liable, all must be sued jointly. But so far as charging parties secondarily liable is con- cerned, the situation is the same in all these cases. The indorser or drawer ought not to be held liable until it has been made manifest by due presentment that no one of the parties primarily liable will pay the instrument ; and this can only be ascertained by presentment to all of them. A case may be sup- posed where strict presentment is not possible on the day of maturity to each of the parties primarily liable ; they may live at places distant from one an- other, and the instrument may not be payable at a particular place, but the provisions of Section 81, would excuse necessary delay. 240. SECTION 79.— [WHEN PRESENT- MENT NOT REQUIRED TO CHARGE THE DRAWER.] Presentment for payment is not re- quired in order to charge the drawer where he has no right to expect or require that the drawee or acceptor will pay the instrument. 241. EXCUSES FOR NON-PRESENT- MENT. — In certain cases non-presentment is ex- cused. Sometimes it is excused altogether, as is provided in Sections 79, 80 and 82, and sometimes 148 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS it is excused merely temporarily, as provided in Sections 81 and 147. It is excused altogether, the statute provides, wherever the party secondarily liable, who might complain of non-presentment, had no reason to expect that the instrument would be paid if presented. The common illustration of such a case is that of a drawer who has no funds or agreement for credit with the drawee. Such a drawer is liable without presentment to the drawee. Even though the holder was ignorant of the facts and supposed the drawee was bound to pay, failure to present being due simply to negligence, the result is the same. 242. SECTION 80.— [WHEN PRESENT- MENT NOT REQUIRED TO CHARGE THE INDORSER.] Presentment for payments is not required in order to charge an indorser where the instrument was made or accepted for his accommo- dation and he has no reason to expect that the in- strument will be paid if presented. 243. ACCOMMODATION PAPER. — The principle of the last section finds particular applica- tion also in case the instrument was made for the accommodation of the party secondarily liable, and therefore he himself ought to pay it, for it is the un- derstanding, where paper is made for the accom- modation of one who is secondarily liable on the in- strument, that he shall save harmless the party who became primarily liable on the instrument, as mat- ter of accommodation, and shall himself pay the instrument at maturity. Such a person secondarily NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 149 liable on the instrument, whether he is a drawer (Section 79) or an indorser (Section 80) has no right to complain if the instrument is not presented to the party who is primarily liable. 244. SECTION 81.— [WHEN DELAY IN MAKING PRESENTMENT IS EXCUSED.] Delay in making presentment for payment is ex- cused when the delay is caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder, and not imputable to his default, misconduct or negligence. When the cause of delay ceases to operate, presentment must be made with reasonable deligence. 245. TEMPORARY EXCUSES FOR PRE- SENTMENT. — Presentment may be excused tem- porarily. This will be true whenever circumstances occur without the fault of the holder which make presentment at maturity impossible but do not make it permanently impossible. (Sections 81, 147.) A common illustration of this would be where the maker of a note died and no executor or adminis- trator had been appointed. That would excuse de- lay in presentment until the appointment of such an official, but when the cause of the delay ceased to operate, presentment would have to be made with reasonable diligence. 246. SECTION 82.— [WHEN PRESENT- MENT MAY BE DISPENSED WITH.] Present- ment for payment is dispensed with: (1) Where after the exercise of reasonable diligence present- ment as required by this act cannot be made. (2) Where the drawee is a fictitious person. (3) By waiver of presentment, express or implied. 150 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 247. INABILITY TO FIND PERSON PRI- MARILY LIABLE. — Presentment for payment is also excused where, after reasonable diligence, the presentment cannot be made, as, for instance, if it is impossible, with reasonable diligence, to find the person primarily liable in order to make present- ment to him. Again, where the party primarily liable is a fictitious person, it is obvious there can be no presentment. (Section 82.) 248. WAIVER OF PRESENTMENT.— An- other case and an important one is where present- ment is waived. The waiver may be expressed or implied. (Section 82.) Sometimes it is made at the time when the obligation of the drawer or in- dorser is undertaken. If waiver is made at this time, the consideration which supports this party's obligation also supports the agreement to waive presentment. Waiver of presentment may also be made after the drawer or indorser has signed, but prior to the day of maturity. In such a case the holder is justified in relying on the waiver and re- fraining from making presentment. There is what is called in the law a kind of estoppel in that case, since the holder's failure to make the presentment has been due to his reliance on the waiver. But the law has gone even farther than this. Suppose the instrument has actually passed maturity and no presentment has been made, and therefore the party secondarily liable has been wholly discharged. Even then a waiver of presentment may be effec- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 151 tively made by him. In this case it is a waiver of a past default. That is an exceptional sort of case, for generally an agreement to give up a right re- quires consideration in order to make it valid, but here the party secondarily liable gives up his right to rely on the lack of presentment as a ground of discharge without any consideration. In order, however, to have a waiver of this last sort effective, the party who waives presentment must do so with knowledge of the facts; that is, he must know that the time for presentment has elapsed, and that there has been a failure to make due presentment. But it is not necessary for the validity of such a -vwaiver that the party making it should know his legal rights; that is, it is not necessary that he should know that the lack of presentment had discharged him. It is only necessary that he should know the facts from which a lawyer would know that he had been discharged. 249. OTHER ILLUSTRATIONS OF EX- CUSES FOR PRESENTMENT.— We will give one or two other illustrations of cases where it was claimed that presentment had been excused. In one case the president of a corporation indorsed the note of the corporation and before the maturity the maker was adjudged a bankrupt, one of the acts of bankruptcy of the bankrupt maker being the writ- ten admisssion of the indorser, the president of the corporation, that the corporation was unable to pay its debts and was willing to be declared a bankrupt. 152 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS It was held on these facts that it was not necessary to present the note to the corporation — the maker — in order to charge the indorser. He had no rea- son to expect that the note would be paid; indeed, he had every reason to know that it would not be. In another case the indorsers of a note had assured the holder that it could not be paid at maturity, and they knew that the maker, again a corporation, had not the money to pay. It was held these indorsers were not discharged by the failure to present at maturity. They had virtually represented to the holder that there was no use in making present- ment, and after they had taken that stand they could not complain that the holder relied upon it. Again, a firm made a note and one of the partners indorsed it. Shortly before maturity the indorser, in speak- ing to the holder regarding a general assignment for the benefit of creditors which the firm was con- templating, told the holder that neither the firm nor he could pay the note at maturity, and no present- ment was made, and here again it was held that there was a waiver. A still stronger case is where the indorser assured the holder before maturity that he, the indorser, would be responsible for principal and interest when it was due and would look after the collection. In short, any statement before ma- turity made by a party secondarily liable, the na- tural effect of which would be to induce the holder to refrain from making presentment to the party primarily liable, either because it was of no use to NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 153 do so Dr because it was unnecessary to do so, since the party secondarily liable was going to pay it any way, will excuse presentment. 250. DISTINCT AGREEMENT NECES- SARY FOR WAIVER AFTER MATURITY.— But when it comes to a waiver after maturity, then you must have either a distinct promise to pay the note or a distinct agreement to waive it. The differ- ence between the situation after maturity and be- fore is, that after maturity the holder has already lost his rights by failing to make presentment at maturity, and in order to revive them a clear inten- tion to pay is necessary. 251. SECTION 83. [WHEN INSTRUMENT DISHONORED BY NON-PAYMENT.] The in- strument is dishonored by non-payment when — (1) It is duly presented for payment and payment is refused or cannot be obtained; or (2) Presentment is excused and the instrument is overdue and un- paid. 252. COMMENT ON SECTION 83.— Dishonor is important as one of the steps essential in order to charge parties secondarily liable. It is not import- ant otherwise, for as we have seen so far as parties primarily liable are concerned, a right of action accrues to the holder though the instrument has not been dishonored on presentment. 253. SECTION 84.— [LIABILITY OF PER- SON SECONDARILY LIABLE, WHEN IN- STRUMENT DISHONORED.] Subject to the provisions of this act, when the instrument is dis- 154 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS honored by non-payment, an immediate right of recourse to all parties secondarily liable thereon accrues to the holder. 254. COMMENT ON SECTION 84.— The words "subject to the provisions of this Act" in this i section, refer to the necessity of notice of the dis- honor. As will be seen, parties secondarily liable can not usually be held unless prompt notice is given of the dishonor. 255. SECTION 85.— [TIME OF MATUR- ITY.] Every negotiable instrument is payable at the time fixed therein without grace. When the day of maturity falls upon Sunday, or a holiday, the instrument is payable on the next succeeding busi- ness day. Instruments falling due [or becoming payable] on Saturday are to be presented for pay- ment on the next succeeding business day, except that instruments payable on demand may, at the option of the holder, be presented for payment be- fore twelve o'clock noon on Saturday when that en- tire day is not a holiday. .NOTE. — The words in brackets [or becoming payable] have been inserted for the sake of clearness. They are found in the Kansas, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Missouri, New Hampshire, New York and Virginia Acts. This sec- tion having twice used the word "payable" then uses the words "falling due." This has raised doubts in the minds of some where Friday is a legal holiday and paper matures on Friday. These words are inserted to remove any pos- sible doubt. Sight drafts are excepted from the abolition of days of grace in Massachusetts, North Carolina and New Hampshire. The provision of the section in regard to Sat- urday is omitted in Arizona, Kentucky, Vermont and Wis- consin. 256. GRACE AND HOLIDAYS.— There are NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 155 no days of grace now in States where the Negotiable Instruments Law is in force (except on sight drafts, payable in Massachusetts, New Hampshire or North Carolina). Sundays and holidays are in- cluded in the count as intermediate days, that is, it does not make any difference how many Sundays and holidays there may be within the thirty days, but if the thirtieth day falls upon a holiday then the instrument is payable the next succeeding business day. The rule is otherwise where days of grace are concerned. If the last day of grace falls on a holi- day, the instrument is due on the next preceding business day, for days of grace are never extended beyond three days. This principle is still important where the Negotiable Instruments Law is not in force, and also in regard to sight-drafts in the three States above mentioned. 257. SECTION 86.— [TIME; HOW COM- PUTED.] Where the instrument is payable at a fixed period after date, after sight, or after the hap- pening of a specified event, the time of payment is determined by excluding the day from which the time is to begin to run, and by including the date of payment. 258. COMMENT ON SECTION 86.— In con- sidering when an instrument has matured we must consider separately instruments payable on time and instruments payable on demand. In calculat- ing the period for the latter the statute provides that the first day shall be excluded and the day of 156 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS payment included. For instance, on a note dated the 2d of January, payable in thirty days, you do not count the 2d of January in figuring the time, but you do count thirty days beginning with Janu- ary 3, and the thirtieth day will be the day of pay- ment. It would, of course, make no difference if you included the 2d of January and excluded the day of maturity. The important thing is that you must not include both or exclude both. 259. SECTION 87.— [RULE WHERE IN- STRUMENT PAYABLE AT BANK.] Where the instrument is made payable at a bank it is equi- valent to an order to the bank to pay the same for the account of the principal debtor thereon. NOTE. — This section is omitted in Illinois, Nebraska and South Dakota, and has been repealed in Kansas. In Min- nesota the section is retained but instead of the words "it is equivalent" are substituted "it shall not be equivalent." 260. DOMICILED NOTES.— It was a disputed question in the common law whether making a note payable at a bank was equivalent to an order on the bank to pay. The better view was in accordance with the present provision of the statute that this did amount to an order, and therefore made such a note (which was sometimes called a domiciled note) in effect a bill of exchange drawn on the bank. The coupons on bonds are frequently made payable in this way. In some jurisdictions, however, there has been hostility to this principle, and sometimes it was argued that making an instrument payable at a bank only gave authority to the bank to make pay- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 157 ment, but did not order it so to do. Others argued that there was neither order nor authority. The omission of this section of the statute in a few States, leaves the matter in somewhat dubious con- dition in those States. By Section 196 of the Nego- tiable Instruments Law, in the absence of an ex- press provision on any point, the rule of the law merchant applies, and as it is somewhat uncertain what the rule of the law merchant on this matter is, there is chance for litigation. 261. SECTION 88.— [WHAT CONSTI- TUTES PAYMENT IN DUE COURSE.] Pay- ment is made in due course when it is made at or after the maturity of the instrument to the holder thereof in good faith and without notice that his title is defective. 262. PAYMENT IN DUE COURSE.— We have discussed in connection with personal defences the rights of holders in due course, that is, pur- chasers for value in good faith before maturity and without notice ; but a bank is as much interested in payment of instruments in due course as it is in regard to purchases of them in due course. In gen- eral, the rules as to what is payment in due course are the same as the rules in regard to what is pur- chase in due course. In other words, one who pays under the same circumstances in regard to notice and value and good faith as a purchaser who pur- chases in good faith for value and without notice, will be protected in the same way. But in one 158 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS respect a person who pays in due course stands in a better position than one who purchases in due course ; or, rather, payment in due course is a little wider in one respect than purchase in due course. One is not a purchaser in due course who buys after (maturity, but one who pays after maturity an in- strument on which he is liable is as much protected as if he paid at the instant of maturity, and the rea- son for the distinction is plain. Nobody needs to buy paper after maturity unless he likes, but the maker of a note, from whom payment is demanded a year after maturity, is just as much bound to pay that note as if payment had been demanded promptly. It is therefore paying in due course to pay when payment is demanded, even if that be long after maturity. A bank will accordingly pay a check even though it is not presented within a reas- onable time. Whether there is any limit to this principle may perhaps be a question. Perhaps a bank would not without inquiry pay a check that was issued several years previously; certainly not unless it felt pretty well satisfied that everything was all irght. But so far as the statute (Section 88) and the decisions go, no limit seems to have been set to the right of the parties liable on an instru- ment to pay after maturity, and a long time after. The position of a bank or a drawee who has not accepted the instrument is of course a little different from the position of one who has actually made himself liable on the instrument, — as the maker of a NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 159 note or the acceptor of a bill, or a certifying bank which has certified a check. As to such a person there seems to be no period short of the Statute of Limitations in which payment may not be de- manded rightfully, and therefore no time beyond which the party liable may not properly pay. Article VII— Notice of Dishonor 263. SECTION 89.— [TO WHOM NOTICE OF DISHONOR MUST BE GIVEN.] Except as herein otherwise provided, when a negotiable in- strument has been dishonored by non-acceptance or non-payment, notice of dishonor must be given to the drawer and to each indorser, and any drawer or indorser to whom such notice is not given is dis- charged. 264. NOTICE OF NON-PAYMENT NECES- SARY TO CHARGE SECONDARY PARTIES. — After presentment has been duly made, if the party primarily liable pays, of course the parties secondarily liable are excused. If the party primar- ily liable does not pay, then it is further necessary that the parties secondarily liable shall be notified, or at least that proper diligence shall be exercised in order to charge them. (Section 89.) This principle applies to all parties secondarily liable, even to the drawer of a check. By Section 186 the drawer of a check is not discharged by failure to present promptly, except to the extent that this delay actu- ally works an injury ; but presumably by a mistake 160 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS on the part of the draughtsman of the act, no special provision is made as to failure to give notice of dis- honor of a check, and, therefore, by virtue of the general provision in Section 89 such failure dis- charges the drawer absolutely, whether he is in- jured or not. All indorsers, either on checks, ordi- nary bills of exchange or notes, must be notified. A joint maker need not be notified, even though he is a surety and that fact is stated in the note or known to the holder. 265. EXCUSE FOR PRESENTMENT DOES NOT EXCUSE NOTICE.— An excuse for making presentment does not excuse the failure to give notice. A waiver of presentment is construed as in- cluding a waiver of notice, but a mere excuse for not presenting does not excuse the notice. Indeed, frequently when presentment is excused the occa- sion is such that the indorser may particularly want notice. Thus if presentment cannot be made be- cause the party primarily liable cannot be found, then the indorser ought to be notified of that so that he may, if he wishes, endeavor to find the missing party. 266. SECTION 90.— [BY WHOM GIVEN.] The notice may be given by or on behalf of the holder, or by or on behalf of any party to the instru- ment who might be compelled to pay it to the holder, and who upon taking it up would have a right of reimbursement from the party to whom the notice is given. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 161 267. BY WHOM NOTICE SHOULD BE GIVEN. — Notice may, of course, be given by the holder. But it may also be given by any one who acts on behalf of the holder. Even though he is not at the time an authorized agent of the holder, the latter may ratify subsequently the assumption of agency. Not only may the notice be given by or on behalf of the holder, but by or on behalf of any party to the instrument who might be compelled to pay the holder, and who upon taking it up would have a right to reimbursement from the party to whom the notice is given. Let us give an illustra- tion. Suppose a note made by A and indorsed by B, C and D, respectively, — first, second and third indorsers. D, if compelled to pay, will have a right of recourse against C and B. It is therefore import- ant for D that B and C should receive due notice. Accordingly, D may notify B and C, and the notice that D thus gives will be as effective as if it were given by the holder. Similarly, C might notify B, but C could not effectively notify D, because even if C is compelled to take up the paper he will have no right of reimbursement from D, and therefore it .is nothing to him whether D is charged or not. B cannot effectively give notice to anybody for the same reason, for if he is compelled to pay, there is no party who is secondarily liable against whom he would have any recourse. 268. SECTION 91.~-[NOTICE GIVEN BY AGENT.] Notice of dishonor may be given by an 162 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS agent either in his own name or in the name of any party entitled to give notice, whether that party be his principal or not. 269. COMMENT ON SECTION 91.— This section extends the ordinary principles of agency, since it allows notice to be given in the name of a party entitled to give notice though that party is not in fact the principal of the agent. A notice given by a notary in the name of the maker (who because he is the party primarily liable was not en- titled to give notice) has, however, been held insuf- ficient. 270. SECTION 92.— [EFFECT OF NOTICE GIVEN ON BEHALF OF HOLDER.] Where notice is given by or on behalf of the holder, it enures for the benefit of all subsequent holders and all prior parties who have a right of recourse against the party to whom it is given. 271. COMMENT ON SECTION 92.— When a party secondarily liable is once charged by notice from the holder, any one who succeeds to the title of the holder succeeds to the benefit of the notice, and it makes no difference whether the subsequent holder succeeds to the title by purchase or because he is a prior party on the instrument and has been forced to take up the instrument. The holder, how- ever, is not bound to charge any party whom he does not wish to. He may be satisfied to charge his immediate indorser feeling sure he can get payment from him. This indorser if he wishes recourse over against prior parties whom the holder has not NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 163 charged, must assume the burden of giving them proper notice. It is, obviously never safe to assume that a holder has charged all prior parties, so that any party secondarily liable when charged himself should promptly give notice to prior secondary par- ties. 272. SECTION 93.— [EFFECT WHERE NO- TICE IS GIVEN BY PARTY ENTITLED THERETO.] Where notice is given by or on be- half of a party entitled to give notice, it enures for the benefit of the holder and all parties subsequent to the party to whom notice is given. 273. ILLUSTRATION OF SECTION 93.— As not only the holder but other persons, as we have seen, are entitled to give notice, the same principle is applicable to other persons as is laid down in the preceding section as applicable to the holder. That is, for instance, if notice is given to the drawer of a bill of exchange by the first indorser, the holder can rely on that notice, as can all parties subsequent to the drawer. 274. SECTION 94.— [WHEN AGENT MAY GIVE NOTICE.] Where the instrument has been dishonored in the hands of an agent, he may either himself give notice to the parties liable thereon, or he may give notice to his principal. If he gives no- tice to his principal, he must do so within the same time as if he were the holder, and the principal upon the receipt of such notice himself the same time for giving notice as if the agent had been an indepen- dent holder. 164 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 275. ILLUSTRATION OF SECTION 94.— This provision is of some importance to banks for banks are often agents for collection. Thus, where the instrument has been dishonored when in the hands of an agent for collection, that agent may either give notice to the party liable on the instru- ment or he may give notice to his own principal, and if he gives such a notice to his principal within the period that is necessary as between holder and in- dorser, the principal will have the same time in ad- dition for giving notice to the drawer and in- dorsers. 276. SECTION 95.— [WHEN NOTICE SUF- FICIENT.] A written notice need not be signed, and an insufficient written notice may be supple- mented and validated by verbal communication. A misdescription of the instrument does not vitiate the notice unless the party to whom the notice is given is in fact misled thereby. NOTE. — Under the Kentucky Act, the notice must be written and signed. 277. FORM OF NOTICE.— What sort of thing is a notice? In the first place, the notice may be oral as well as written, or partly oral and partly written. If written, it need not be signed, but a holder should always give notice in writing and sign it. He would be foolish, also, not to keep a copy of the writing. This is not because these things are legally necessary, but to have ready means of proof. The notice should properly con- tain a sufficient description to identify the instru- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 165 ment, and should state that it has been dishonored either by non-acceptance or non-payment. A mis- take in the description of the instrument, however, does not invalidate the notice, if the party secon- darily liable is not in fact misled, as he would not be if there was no other note on which he was bound. It is well enough to state in the notice that the party secondarily liable is looked to for payment, but that is not necessary because it is implied from the mere circumstances of giving notice. 278. SECTION 96.--[FORM OF NOTICE.] The notice may be in writing or merely oral and may be given in any terms which sufficiently iden- tify the instrument, and indicate that it has been dishonored by non-acceptance or non-payment. It may in all cases be given by delivering it personally or through the mails. 279. KNOWLEDGE IS NOT EQUIVALENT TO NOTICE. — A rather hard case presents these facts : a notice of dishonor and an envelope contain- ing it were addressed to the second indorser, but they were delivered to the first indorser who read the notice. It was held, nevertheless, that he was not charged. The case brings out the important* point that knowledge on the part of one secondarily liable that there has been presentment and dishonor is not a substitute for notice. We suppose the rea- son is that a notification, although it may simply contain a statement of the fact that the instrument has been dishonored, impliedly contains notice that the holder looks to the party secondarily liable for 166 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS payment, and mere knowledge from outside sources that the instrument has been dishonored does not necessarily indicate to the party secondarily liable that the holder is going to look to him for payment. 280. SECTION 97.— [TO WHOM NOTICE MAY BE GIVEN.] Notice of dishonor may be given either to the party himself or to his agent in that behalf. 281. TO WHOM NOTICE MAY BE GIVEN. — Notice may be given either to the party secon- darily liable himself or to his agent in that behalf, but here you must have a real agency, the scope of which includes receiving such notice, because there will never be any ratification of a notice given to one who purports to be the agent of a party secon- darily liable though not such in reality. Persons secondarily liable will always be too glad to get out of liability to ratify. The question of what is a suf- ficient agency is rather an important one, especially in the case of a corporation. In a recent New York case a notice was left at the cash window of a hotel corporation, which was a party secondarily liable. It was held that that notice was not sufficient, as it did not in fact reach the hands of any person in authority. In a case of this sort it is oftener safer to send a notice by mail than to attempt to make a personal delivery, for in case of a notice sent by mail, if it is correctly addressed, the responsibility of safe arrival of the notice is on the person to whom it is addressed, whereas if the holder at- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 167 tempts a personal delivery he must at his peril make a delivery to the right person. 282. SECTION 98.— [NOTICE WHERE PARTY IS DEAD.] When any party is dead, and his death is known to the party giving notice, the notice must be given to a personal representative, if there be one, and if with reasonable diligence he can be found. If there be no personal representa- tive, notice may be sent to the last residence or last place of business of the deceased. 283. COMMENT ON SECTION 98.— This section provides a rule for a difficult situation. In many of these doubtful cases a cautious person will give notice in more than one way in order to make sure that he has done everything that could possi- bly be required. 284. SECTION 99.— [NOTICE TO PART- NERS.] Where the parties to be notified are part- ners, notice to any one partner is notice to the firm even though there has been a dissolution. 285. COMMENT ON SECTION 99.— As part- ners are agents for each other in the firm business, the rule stated in this section is a natural one, and the same rule would apply to other joint parties where one had authority to receive notice for the other, even though the parties were not partners. 286. SECTION 100.— [NOTICE TO PER- SONS JOINTLY LIABLE.] Notice to joint parties who are not partners must be given to each of them, unless one of them has authority to receive such notice for the others. 287. COMMENT ON SECTION 100.— The 168 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS reason why each party must receive notice is simi- lar to the reason which requires presentment to each of several persons primarily liable. Each has his own interest to protect and should be given a chance to protect it. 288. SECTION 101.— [NOTICE TO BANK- RUPT.] Where a party has been adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent, or has made an assign- ment for the benefit of creditors, notice may be given either to the party himself or to his trustee or assignee. 289. COMMENT ON SECTION 101.— Though the statute permits notice to be given to either the insolvent, or to his trustee or assignee, the wise plan is to give notice to both. 290. SECTION 102. — [TIME WITHIN WHICH NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN.] Notice may be given as soon as the instrument is dishon- ored, and unless delay is excused as hereinafter pro- vided, must be given within the times fixed by this act. 291. COMMENT ON SECTION 102.— A no- tice cannot be given until the instrument is actually dishonored. On the other hand it may be given on the same day that the instrument is dishonored. An ordinary debt may be paid by the debtor at any hour of the day when the debt falls due. The fact that the debtor has not paid in the morning, or has even refused to pay in the morning, does not put him in default. He may pay in the afternoon; but a party primarily liable on a negotiable instrument NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 169 is bound to pay on presentment at any time during business hours. If an instrument is presented to him at 9 o'clock it is dishonored, although he says he will pay it at 10 o'clock. As we have seen he cannot himself be sued until the next day, but the parties secondarily liable may be effectively notified at once of the dishonor. 292. SECTION 103.— [WHERE PARTIES RESIDE IN SAME PLACE.] Where the person giving and the person to receive notice reside in the same place, notice must be given within the fol- lowing times — (1) If given at the place of business of the person to receive notice, it must be given before the close of business hours on the day fol- lowing. (2) If given at his residence, it must be given before the usual hours of rest on the day fol- lowing. (3) If sent by mail, it must be deposited in the postoffice in time to reach him in usual course on the day following. 293. ILLUSTRATION OF RESIDENCE.— The statute distinguishes in regard to notice be- tween cases where the person to be notified resides in the same city or town as the person giving the notice and cases where he does not. If both reside in the same city or town notice, if given personally, must be given by the next day following, at a reas- onable hour. If sent by mail it must be mailed in time to reach the party to be notified in the normal course of business on the next day following. It makes no difference that it does not reach him, all that is necessary is that it shall be mailed so that it 170 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS normally would. If given at the place of business it must be before the close of business hours; if made at the residence of the party to be notified, any time before the usual hour of retiring is suffi- cient, and the same distinction between place of business and place of residence is important if the notice is sent by mail. Suppose the usual hours of business close at 5 o'clock, then a notice by mail addressed to the place of business would have to be mailed so as normally to reach the party before that hour, whereas if addressed to the home of the in- dorser the notice would be mailed in time, if by the normal course of post, it would reach the indorser's residence by 6 or 7 o'clock. 294. EFFECT OF SUNDAYS AND HOLI- DAYS AND SATURDAYS.— The question may be raised how a holiday or Saturday affects this question. The act provides broadly, in Section 194, that anything that is required to be done on Sun- day or a holiday may be done on the next succeed- ing business day. We suppose, therefore, that the period for giving notice is extended by this provi- sion so far as holidays and Sundays are concerned, but there is no such general provision as to Satur- day. There is a provision as to presentment of notes maturing on Saturday, (Section 85), but there is none in regard to notice on Saturday. It would seem, therefore, that the general rule as to notice on any ordinary day would also be applicable to Saturday, except that a notice required to be NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 171 mailed so as to arrive, in normal course of mail, during business hours would have to be mailed earlier if it were expected to arrive on Saturday than if expected to arrive on another day. 295. SECTION 104.— [WHERE PARTIES RESIDE IN DIFFERENT PLACES.] Where the person giving and the person to receive notice re- side in different places, the notice must be given within the following times: — (1) If sent by mail, it must be deposited in the postoffice in time to go by mail the day following the day of dishonor, or if there be no mail at a convenient hour on that day, by the next mail thereafter. (2) If given oth- erwise than through the postoffice, then within the time that notice would have been received in due course of mail, if it had been deposited in the post- office within the time specified in the last subdivi- sion. 296.— ILLUSTRATION OF SECTION 104.— Where the party notifying and the party to be noti- fied reside in different places the notice if sent by mail must be deposited in time to go on the day following the day of dishonor, or if there is no mail at a convenient hour on that day, by the next mail thereafter. If the only mail left a place at 6 A. M. it would be enough to mail a notice in time to go out at 6 A. M. on the next day but one after the day of dishonor. But it has been held in Wiscon- sin, and we suppose it is clearly right, that where the daily mail left between 9 and 10 o'clock in the morning that was a convenient hour, and the no- tice must be mailed so as to catch that mail on the 172 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS day following the day of dishonor. The notice may be given otherwise than through the postoffice, and then the test is whether it is given within the time that notice would have been received in due course by mail if it had been properly sent. 297. SECTION 105.— [WHEN SENDER DEEMED TO HAVE GIVEN DUE NOTICE.] Where notice of dishonor is duly addressed and deposited in the postoffice, the sender is deemed to have given due notice, notwithstanding any miscar- riage in the mails. 298. TELEGRAPHIC NOTICE.— The ques- tion may be asked about a telegram. In one re- spect that would be different from the mail. Tele- graphic notice would be all right if it were received in time, but if it were not received in time even though reasonably sent, the telegraph company's misconduct, or deficiency would not be at the risk of the party to be notified, but of the party attempt- ing to use that means. It is only the mail which the statute provides way be used at the risk of the party to be notified. 299. SECTION 106.— [DEPOSIT IN POST- OFFICE; WHAT CONSTITUTES.] Notice is deemed to have been deposited in the postoffice when deposited in any branch postoffice or in any letter box under the control of the postoffice de- partment. 300. DELIVERY TO A CARRIER.— Under the federal postal regulations it is the duty of a let- ter carrier not only to deliver letters but to receive NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 173 them when tendered. Accordingly it may be sup- posed that delivery to a letter carrier when he is engaged in the course of his business would be in legal effect a deposit in the postoffice. 301. SECTION 107.~[NOTICE TO SUBSE- QUENT PARTY; TIME OF.] Where a party receives notice of dishonor, he has, after the receipt of such notice, the same time for giving notice to antecedent parties that the holder has after the dis- honor. 302. SUCCESSIVE NOTICES TO SEVERAL PARTIES. — When notice is properly given to one party secondarily liable, he has the same time to give notice to antecedent parties. This raises rather a curious situation sometimes. Suppose the holder gave prompt notice to the last of four or five indorsers, and also gave notice, but not promptly, to the first indorser ; the latter notice is ineffective. But suppose notice had been given by the last in- dorser to the one before, and so in turn each in- dorser seasonably notifies the preceding one until finally the first indorser is notified by the second; that is a good notice to the first indorser, although it arrives a week or a fortnight later than the other one which was a bad notice ; and under Section 93, that second notice would not only inure to the benefit of the indorser who sent it, but it would inure to the benefit of the holder. There is one method of sending notice to earlier indorsers which was uplield in a case decided in Massachusetts fifty 174 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS or sixty years ago, but we are not sure whether the method is commonly in use now ; that is, by mailing notices to all the indorsers under one cover to the last indorser, leaving him to forward the notices to the earlier indorsers. Of course, if he does so ^promptly there is no doubt that such notices are timely (Section 107) and inure to the benefit of the holder, but it was further held in this case to be a proper method of notification, charging all the in- dorsers, even though the last indorser did not for- ward the notices to the earlier indorsers. It has been held in New York, however, that this is not a sufficient way of giving notice. It cannot be recom- mended as a safe practice. 303. SECTION 108.— [WHERE NOTICE MUST BE SENT.] Where a party has added an address to his signature, notice of dishonor must be sent to that address; but if he has not given such address, then the notice must be sent as follows : — (1) Either to the postoffice nearest to his place of residence, or to the postoffice where he is accus- tomed to receive his letters; or (2) If he live in one place, and have his place of business in another, no- tice may be sent to either place; or (3) If he is so- journing in another place, notice may be sent to the place where he is so sojourning. But where the notice is actually received by the party within the time specified in this act, it will be sufficient, though not sent in accordance with the requirements of this section. 304. ADDRESS TO WHICH NOTICE SHOULD BE SENT.— As we have said, it is some- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 175 times a safer thing to mail a notice of dishonor to a party secondarily liable than to attempt to deliver it to him personally. In mailing a notice, however, there is sometimes a difficulty in knowing to what address the notice should be sent. It is not a bad, plan to get parties to negotiable instruments, in-' dorsers and drawers, if you are not perfectly sure of their addresses, to write them below their signa- tures on the paper. If that is done then notices sent to these addresses will always be sufficient. If you have no such guide, then you may properly mail a notice to the postoffice where the party to be noti- fied is accustomed to receive his mail or the post- office nearest to his residence. This postoffice may be at his place of residence or at his place of busi- ness. If his place of residence and place of business are in different places, a notice to either is sufficient. If he is temporarily staying in a place, notice may be sent to that place, and presumably it may also be sent to his regular address, even though he is so- journing somewhere else. And finally, if the notice is actually received in time, it does not make any difference how it was received or how it was sent. A case illustrating the difficulties that may arise and the decision of a court on such a question is this : the notary who was to send the notice inquired of sev- eral persons as to the indorser's address. The per- sons to whom he spoke seemed to know about it. They said they thought that a certain town was the nearest town to the farm where the indorser lived. 176 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS The letter containing the notice was sent accord- ingly to that address but that did not happen to be the town where the indorser received his mail, and the indorser did not receive the notice within a reas- onable time. Nevertheless, it was held to be suffi- cient under the terms of the statute. 305. SECTION 109.— [WAIVER OF NO- TICE.] Notice of dishonor may be waived, either before the time of giving notice has arrived, or after the omission to give due notice, and the waiver may be express or implied. 306. NOTICE MAY BE WAIVED.— Notice of dishonor may be waived just as presentment may be waived. It may be waived before the dishonor of the instrument or it may be waived afterwards. In the latter case, it is exceptional that liability should be incurred. The waiver after dishonor is in effect a mere promise to pay in spite of not having re- ceived notice; that is, the so-called waiver is really a promise without consideration, but, nevertheless, it is binding. 307. SECTION 110.— [WHO IS AFFECTED BY WAIVER.] Where the waiver is embodied in the instrument itself, it is binding upon all parties; but where it is written above the signature of an indorser, it binds him only. 308. ILLUSTRATIONS OF WAIVER CASES. — Occasionally where the waiver is written in the instrument itself a question arises as to the number of persons to whom it applies. If a waiver is contained in the body of the instrument presum- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 177 ably it applies to all persons who may become secon- darily liable. On the other hand, if it is written above the signature of an indorser, it presumably applies to the single indorser only whose name is written underneath. But one might perfectly well write on the back a waiver which would apply to anybody who might indorse, as, for instance, "All indorsers on this instrument waive notice." 309. SECTION 111.— [WAIVER OF PRO- TEST.] A waiver of protest, whether in the case of a foreign bill of exchange or other negotiable in- strument, is deemed to be a waiver not only of a formal protest, but also of presentment and notice of dishonor. 310. COMMENT ON SECTION 111.— Protest is used with exact propriety only in regard to pre- sentment by a notary and a notice by him embody- ing a statement of the dishonor of the instrument, but the word is constantly used by bankers and busi- ness men as including broadly the necessary formal steps taken by any holder to establish his rights against parties secondarily liable. The statute gives effect to this understanding of business men. 311. SECTION 112.— [WHEN NOTICE IS DISPENSED WITH.] Notice of dishonor is dis- pensed with when, after the exercise of reasonable diligence, it cannot be given to or does not reach the parties sought to be charged, 312. COMMENT ON SECTION 112.— Strictly speaking, not presentment or notice but diligence is what the law requires. If, therefore, the holder has 173 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS exercised due diligence it makes no difference whether there has in fact been presentment or no- tice. It must be remembered, however, that the ex- cuses for presentment and for notice are different, and the fact that one is excused does not of itself excuse the other. 313. SECTION 113.— [DELAY IN GIVING NOTICE: HOW EXCUSED.] Delay in giving notice of dishonor is excused when the delay is caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder, and not imputable to this default, miscon- duct or negligence. When the cause of delay ceases to operate, notice must be given with reasonable diligence. 314. NOTICE EXCUSED SOMETIMES.— Notice of dishonor is sometimes excused, even though there is no waiver by the party interested. It may be excused temporarily or it may be excused permanently. It is excused temporarily by any cir- cumstance beyond the holder's control and not due to his negligence which makes it impossible to give prompt notice. As soon as the cause for the delay ceases to exist notice must then be given. The commonest illustration of this sort of thing is where the holder is unable, after reasonably diligent in- quiry, to determine at once the address of the party to be notified. It may take him some time to find an address. If he is reasonably diligent that delay will be excused, but as soon as he can find the ad- dress with reasonable diligence, further delay will not be excused. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 179 315. SECTION 114.— [WHEN NOTICE NEED NOT BE GIVEN TO DRAWER.] Notice of dishonor is not required to be given to the drawer in either of the following cases: — (1) Where the drawer and drawee are the same person. (2) When the drawee is a fictitious person or a person not having capacity to contract. (3) When the drawer is the person to whom the instrument is presented for payment. (4) Where the drawer has no right to expect or require that the drawee or acceptor will honor the instrument. (5) Where the drawer has countermanded payment. 316. COMMENT ON SECTION 114.— The cases where notice of dishonor is permanently ex- cused may be summed up thus : where the person to be notified had no right to expect that the maker or drawee of the instrument would pay it, he cannot complain if he receives no notice. There are various illustrations of that stated in this section, and sub- section 4 would cover any case not specially enu- merated in the other subsections. If the drawer and drawee are the same person, obviously the drawer knows when the drawee refuses to pay, therefore the drawer is not entitled to notice. If the draweci is a fictitious person, or one without capacity to con- tract, the drawer ought to have known that and ought to have expected that the result would be non-payment of the draft, and therefore cannot ex- pect notice. So, also, where the drawer had no right to draw the instrument, as where he had no funds or no arrangement for payment of the draft, or where 180 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS he himself had entered into any arrangement with the drawee not to pay the draft, as if he counter- manded payment. Similar cases calling for no fur- ther comment arise in regard to an indorser, and are covered by the next section. There is also the case of either drawer or indorser being the person who really ought to pay the instrument, the signa- ture of the party primarily liable being merely lent for accommodation. (Sections 114, 115.) 317. SECTION 115.— [WHEN NOTICE NEED NOT BE GIVEN TO INDORSEE.] No- tice of dishonor is not required to be given to an in- dorser in either of the following cases : — (1) Where the drawee is a fictitious person or a person not hav- ing capacity to contract, and the indorser was aware of the fact at the time he indorsed the instru- ment. (2) Where the indorser is the person to whom the instrument is presented for payment. (3) Where the instrument was made or accepted for his accommodation. 318. SECTION 116.— -[NOTICE OF NON- PAYMENT WHERE ACCEPTANCE RE- FUSED.] Where due notice of dishonor by non- acceptance has been given notice of a subsequent dishonor by non-payment is not necessary, unless in the meantime the instrument has been accepted. 319. COMMENT ON SECTION 116.— Where the instrument has once been dishonored by non-ac' ceptance, the parties secondarily liable are charged, if notice is given. If an acceptance is subsequently taken by the holder, the parties secondarily liable are again freed, but will be once again made liable if NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 181 the acceptor fails to pay, and notice is properly given of this failure. 320. SECTION 117.— [EFFECT OF OMIS- SION TO GIVE NOTICE OF NON-ACCEPT- ANCE.] An omission to give notice of dishonor by non-acceptance does not prejudice the rights of a holder in due course subsequent to the omission. NOTE. — In the Wisconsin Act these words are added "but this shall not be construed to revive any liability dis- charged by such omission." 321. KNOWLEDGE OF DISHONOR FOR NON-ACCEPTANCE.— There is one other cir- cumstance besides the fact that paper is overdue which will prevent a purchaser for value without notice from being a holder in due course; that is, knowledge that a bill of exchange has been dishon- ored by a refusal to accept. On the continent of Europe a bill of exchange is always presented for acceptance as well as for payment by a notary, and if acceptance or payment is refused the notary marks in ink on the face of the bill that circum- stance. Accordingly, anybody can tell, on the con- tinent of Europe, from the face of a bill of exchange, whether it has been dishonored before maturity. But in this country and in England the bill may have been dishonored by refusal to accept, and a right of action may have accrued against the draw- er, and yet, maturity not having come, a purchaser may have bought the instrument in good faith. Such a purchaser will be a holder in due course, al- though if he had notice of the dishonor for non-ac- 182 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS ceptance, he would not be a holder in due course, even if he bought before maturity of the bill (see further Section 133), and if a holder in due course he can charge the parties to the bill, even though they have been discharged so far as a prior holder was concerned by his failure to give them due notice of the dishonor for non-acceptance. 322. SECTION 118.—[WHEN PROTEST NEED NOT BE MADE; WHEN MUST BE MADE.] Where any negotiable instrument has been dishonored it may be protested for non-accept- ance or non-payment, as the case may be; but pro- test is not required except in the case of foreign bills of exchange. 323. IMPORTANCE OF PROTEST.— Protest is the most certain way to prove the facts, showing that secondary parties to a negotiable instrument have been charged ; therefore it is frequently desir- able even where not legally essential. At common law a protest was required in only one case ; that is, on the dishonor of foreign bills. The statute now makes the protest evidence in regard to the dis- honor of any negotiable instrument. Article VIII— Discharge of Negotiable Instruments 324. SECTION 119.— [INSTRUMENT; HOW DISCHARGED.] A negotiable instrument is dis- charged: — (1) By payment in due course by or on behalf of the principal debtor. (2) By payment in due course by the party accommodated, where the instrument is made or accepted for accommodation. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 183 (3) By the intentional cancellation thereof by the holder. (4) By any other act which will discharge a simple contract for the payment of money. (5) When the principal debtor becomes the holder of the instrument at or after maturity in his own right. NOTE. — In the Illinois Act subsection (4) is omitted. 325. DISCHARGE OF INSTRUMENT.— The discharge of an instrument is a kind of absolute de- fence. An instrument is discharged, first, by pay- ment in due course by the principal debtor. "In due course" means at or after maturity. A pay- ment before maturity does not discharge the instru- ment. That would not be an absolute defence. One who purchased a note before maturity which had in fact been paid could collect again. Even if the pay- ment is made in due course, — that is, at or after maturity, — it must be made by or on behalf of the principal debtor. A payment by an indorser at or after maturity would not discharge the instrument ; the maker, of course, would still be liable on it. But the second paragraph of Section 119 provides that payment in due course by a party accommodated would discharge the instrument; that is, if an in- strument were made for the accommodation of an indorser, pa5mient by that indorser would totally discharge the instrument. 326. CANCELLATION.— A third method of discharge, enumerated in Section 119, is by the in- tentional cancellation of the instrument. That may be regarded as the normal way of discharging a 184 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS negotiable instrument. A negotiable instrument is looked on as a formal thing which exists as an obli- gation normally as long as it exists uncancelled. Destroying the instrument is destroying the obliga- tion, so that either tearing or punching holes in or otherwise cancelling an instrument is the appropri- ate way of discharging it, and will discharge it even if it is done before maturity. A question has arisen as to the effect of an intended cancellation before maturity, which was not done so effectively as to be ineradicable. There were certain notes of the District of Columbia which were taken up be- fore maturity and stamped as paid with a rubber stamp, but they were not punched or the paper oth- erwise destroyed or mutilated. Somebody got hold of them, washed off the marks of the rubber stamp and negotiated them again before maturity. The Supreme Court of the United States held that the notes had been effectively cancelled and could not be enforced, even by a holder in due course. The court, we think, regarded the cancellation as on the whole not negligently done. It would seem to us as if a holder in due course ought to be able to col- lect on such an instrument if the cancellation were really done so carelessly as to invite alteration by rubbing out the marks of cancellation. To be effec- tual, cancellation must be intentional. Strictly at common law even unintentional cancellation des- troyed the obligation, because the obligation was regarded as identical with the instrument and not NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 185 able to survive its destruction or mutilation; but courts of equity first compelled the issue of a new instrument when the original was cancelled acci- dentally, or lost or destroyed accidentally, and now even in a court of common law such an instrument cancelled by mistake or lost or destroyed would still be regarded as imposing an obligation on the parties to it. 327. ACTS WHICH WOULD DISCHARGE A SIMPLE CONTRACT.— The fourth method of discharge enumerated in Section 119 is by any other act which will discharge a simple contract for the payment of money. That is simply a blunder of the statute. Among amendments in the statute which have been proposed is the repeal of this fourth method of discharge. It is a blunder for this reason : in a non-negotiable contract, that is in a simple contract, for the payment of money, any agreement between creditor and debtor for the dis- charge of the debt, if made for good consideration, will discharge it. Thus, if the creditor agrees to take a horse in payment of a debt of $100 and the debtor gives the horse, the debt is discharged. But sup- pose the case of negotiable note for the payment of money and an agreement before maturity by the payee to take a horse in full satisfaction, and that horse given, that would not discharge the note. An indorsee of the note before maturity, who took the instrument in ignorance of the settlement and paid value, would be able to enforce it under the law, as 186 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS it was before the Negotiable Instruments Law was enacted, and it is hard to believe that the statute can have intended to change in so essential a matter the law of negotiable paper as to alter that rule. 328. THE HOLDER AT MATURITY THE PRINCIPAL DEBTOR.— A final method of dis- charge is stated in the same section of the Act, that is, when the principal debtor becomes the holder at or after maturity in his own right. You will see the reason for such a rule. If the maker of a note is the owner of it at maturity, then the duty to pay and the duty to receive payment are united in the same person and they cancel each other. But the maker must be the holder at maturity in his own right. That means if he were the holder as executor or as trustee, while his obligation as maker was his indi- vidual personal obligation, the instrument would not be discharged. 329. SECTION 120.— [WHEN PERSONS SECONDARILY LIABLE ON, DISCHARGED.] A person secondarily liable on the instrument is discharged: — (1) By any act which discharges the instrument. (2) By the intentional cancellation of his signature by the holder. (3) By the discharge of a prior party. (4) By a valid tender of payment made by a prior party. (5) By a release of the principal debtor, unless the holder's right of re- course against the party secondarily liable is ex- pressly reserved. (6) By any agreement binding upon the holder to extend the time of payment, or to postpone the holder's right to enforce the instru- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 187 ment, unless made with the assent of the party sec- ondarily liable, or unless the right of recourse against such party is expressly reserved. NOTE.— In the Illinois Act subsection (3) reads: "(3) By a valid tender of payment made by a prior party." To subsection 5 there is added "or unless the principal debtor be an accommodating party." Subsection (6) is amended to read as follows : "By an agreement in favor of the principal debtor binding upon the holder to extend the time of pay- ment, or to postpone the holder's right to enforce the instru- ment, unless made with the assent, prior or subsequent, of the party secondarily liable, or unless the right of recourse against such party is expressly reserved, or unless the prin- cipal debtor be an accommodating party." In the Missouri Act there is added to subsection (3) "except when such disr charge is had in bankruptcy proceedings." In the Wiscon- sin Act there is inserted a new subsection : (4a) By giving up or applying to other purposes collateral security appli- cable to the debt, or, there being in the holder's hands or» within his control the means of complete or partial satisfac- tion, the same are applied to other purposes." The words "prior or subsequent" are inserted after "assent" in sub- section (6) and the words "or unless he is fully indemnified" are added to the subsection. In the Maryland and New York Acts the words "unless made with the assent of the party secondarily liable, or" in subsection (6) are omitted. 330. DISCHARGE OF SINGLE OBLIGA- TIONS ON AN INSTRUMENT.— -An instrument may be discharged as to one party without being discharged altogether, and Section 49 provides for a case which not infrequently happens in suits or negotiable instruments. When a man sues on a negotiable instrument he must trace his title from the payee, if it is payable to order, until his own title accrues. Now if there are a series of special indorsments, the holder must prove every one of them, — prove that they were made by the person 188 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS who purported to make them ; but if there is a blank indorsement the holder may fill in his name there, and frequently, where there is a special indorsement subsequent to a blank indorsement, the holder will cross out the special indorsement so as to leave the blank indorsement as the last one ; then he can fill in his own name in the blank. But if he does that the indorser whose name is struck out is discharged ; it is a cancellation of his obligation. Accordingly, one wants to be sure before striking out an indorse- ment in this way that the other parties are suffi- ciently responsible to make the collection of the in- strument certain. 331. DISCHARGE OF JOINT DEBTOR OR SURETY. — We now come to a rather troublesome matter of personal defences which must be under- stood in order to comprehend subsections 5 and 6 of this section. It presents this question. How far does a discharge or dealing with one party to a negotiable instrument affect the holder's rights against other parties to the instrument? And there are two situations where this question becomes especially important: one, where there are joint obligors, either as makers or as indorsers, and sec- ond, where there are parties bearing the relation to one another of principal debtor and surety. 332. RELEASE OF ONE JOINT DEBTOR RELEASES ALL. — A joint debtor stands in rather a technical relation to his creditor, and it was a rule of the common law that a release of one joint NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 189 debtor released all. As they could no longer, after the release of one, be all bound jointly, and as that was the only relation entered into by them, if one was out all in effect were freed. Similarly a judg- ment against one joint debtor discharged all. Ac- cord and satisfaction with one discharged all. 333. COVENANTS NOT TO SUE.— A cove- nant not to sue one, however, did not discharge all. A covenant not to sue any debtor is merely a con- tract with the covenantee that he shall not be sued. The covenantor, the maker of the obligation, there- fore, though he would make himself liable in dam- ages, might break his contract not to sue and never- theless sue. So the result is if a creditor gives a joint debtor a covenant never to sue him, the credi- tor may nevertheless sue him together with the other joint debtors (and the creditor would have to sue all of them at once in order to recover), and it would be no defence that he had covenanted not to sue. The suing creditor could say, "Yes, I promised not to sue and I am breaking my promise, but if that results in any damage to you, you can sue me for breaking my covenant." It might cause some damage to the covenantee, but it might not cause any substantial damage. The creditor of joint debtors, though he gets, if he succeeds in his action, a joint judgment against them all, may levy execu- tion on the property of any of the debtors. He does not have to get it equally from all. He can go wholly against one, and the joint debtors will have 190 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS to settle up between themselves as to what each ought to pay. Accordingly, if the creditor gets a joint judgment against his joint debtors after he has given one of them a covenant not to sue him, no damage substantially will be caused to that coven- lantee if the creditor levies execution wholly against the other debtor. This, then, is a summary of the situation as to joint debtors. The holder must not release one of them or make accord and satisfaction, but he may, without destroying his right of recov- ery against the rest, covenant not to sue one. The real effect of that would be better expressed by call- ing it a covenant not to levy execution on any judg- ment against the covenantee, for that is in sub- stance what it amounts to. 334. DISCHARGE OF SURETY BY DEAL- ING WITH PRINCIPAL.— Now let us take the more troublesome case of the principal debtor and surety. It is a rule of the law, applicable not simply to negotiable paper, but to contracts generally, that a surety may be discharged by several kinds of dealing with the principal debtor. The surety will be discharged, first, by any release of the principal debtor ; second, by any change in the nature of the obligation made by agreement with the principal debtor ; and third, by any dealing with the collateral put up by the principal debtor in a way not war- ranted by the original agreement, (even though the principal debtor after the original agreement may have authorized this dealing with the collateral). NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 191 or by the refusal to accept a tender of payment by the principal debtor. The reason why the surety is discharged in all these cases is broadly that he has agreed to go security for an obligation on certain terms, and it is not fair to him to try to hold him as security when the situation has changed. Of course it has changed materially if the principal debtor is released, and the obligation would be thrown wholly on the surety. It is less obvious, perhaps, but still clear, that it is unfair to the surety if any agreement is made with the principal debtor whereby the terms of the obligation are otherwise altered. 335. GIVING TIME TO THE PRINCIPAL.— The commonest kind of alteration of the terms of the obligation of the principal debtor is by what is called giving him time; that is, extending the time of his obligation. Suppose a maker of a note is the principal debtor and an indorser is surety. The note is due on February 1. A contract is made with the maker that he shall have until February 15 to pay that note. That will discharge the indorser. This does not rest on any principle of negotiable paper. It would be the same if instead of a note we had said a bond with a surety, maturing at a certain time, and an agreement was made with the princi- pal debtor to extend the bond for a month. But now in order that this giving of time or any other change in the obligation shall have the effect of which we speak, it is essential that the agreement to 192 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS give time or to make any other change shall be binding. It must be a binding contract with the principal debtor. If the holder of the note of which we have spoken should merely say to the maker, "You may have until the 15th of February; until then we shall not press you," that would not dis- charge the indorser, providing that presentment had been made at maturity and notice given ac- cording to the rules of negotiable paper. In the case as we have last put it the creditor has made no binding contract to hold the obligation open until February 15. The creditor has promised to do so, but there has been no consideration for that prom- ise. If, however, the parties made a bargain by which the maker agreed to pay the interest until February 1 5 in return for promise by the holder not to enforce the note until that date, then you would have a binding contract and the surety would be discharged. It follows, of course, that any cove- nant not to sue the principal debtor discharges the surety; since a covenant is under seal and binding without consideration. 336. DEALING WITH COLLATERAL.— The third way of discharging a surety that we spoke of, by dealing with collateral, not infrequently arises in dealings with banks. Collateral is put up for an indorsed note, and the maker wants to make a sub- stitution of collateral and is allowed to do so by the bank. Unless there was something in the terms of the original bargain to which the surety was a party NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 193 which allowed that substitution of collateral, the bank will lose its right against the indorser if it per- mits the substitution of collateral without the in- dorser's assent. You will readily see the reason of this when your attention is called to the fact that the surety — the indorser — is as much interested in the sufficiency of the collateral as the bank is. If the collateral is insufficient the surety will have to answer for the consequences. Accordingly, the surety has a right to be consulted if there is any question of substituting different collateral from that which was originally put up with the note. Even more clearly if the principal debtor tenders payment and the creditor refuses to accept it. he cannot thereafter hold the surety. 337. DIFFERENT WAYS IN WHICH SURE- TIES ARE LIABLE.— Now sureties may be liable, either jointly with the principal debtor, or jointly and severally, or severally. Moreover, the surety may or may not be evidently such by the terms of the instrument. On a promissory note with in- dorsements the maker is at least apparently the principal debtor and as to him the indorsers are sureties. Moreover a party may be a principal debtor with reference to one party, and a surety with reference to another. Thus the first indorser is a principal with reference to the second indorser, but a surety with reference to the maker. But where signatures are for accommodation, it may happ-n that one who seems to be the principal debtor is 194 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS really only a surety, or the principal debtor and surety may promise jointly. One of the joint mak- ers of a note may be a surety. If he is, sometimes the note says so; sometimes it does not. If the surety and principal debtor are joint obligors you have to look out both for the difficulties previously referred to as inherent in the situation of joint debtors, and also for the difficulties always inherent in the relation of principal and surety. These two things must be separately looked out for. 338. EXPRESS RESERVATION OF RIGHTS. — There is one qualification, however, in regard to what we have said about the effect of a release, either of a joint debtor or of a surety. It is held that by express reservation of the creditor's right against a surety, or against a joint debtor who is not a surety, the creditor may retain his rights. In effect the instrument though called a release with reservation of rights is treated by the law as though it were merely a covenant not to levy execution on the discharged debtor. Let us see how this works out. If a creditor releases a joint debtor who, we will suppose, is also the principal debtor, with res- ervation of rights against the surety, the creditor must sue both parties if he wants to collect against anybody, but then he will levy execution against the surety. The surety will then sue the principal debtor for indemnification, — for a principal debtor is always bound to indemnify a surety who has been compelled to pay, — and the principal debtor will NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 195 thus eventually have to pay the debt. The principal debtor cannot in turn sue the creditor, because the creditor by reserving rights against the surety had bargained for the right to collect from him even if the consequence of so doing involved loss to the principal debtor. The result is that a release with reservation of rights given to a principal debtor does not do him any ultimate good. It saves him from having his property directly seized by his creditor, but as soon as the surety is forced to pay, that surety will then sue the released principal debtor and collect from him. As a practical matter the moral is: if you are releasing any party to a nego- tiable instrument, or, indeed, to any contract, al- ways insert a reservation of rights against all other parties if you don't mean to discharge the whole in- strument. If one simply follows this rule in every case it will be unnecessary to think out in just what cases the release might be fatal and in what case it might not be. Always add, "Reserving, however, all my rights against other parties to the instru- ment." 339. CONCEALED SURETYSHIP RELA- TION. — Now as we have said, the suretyship rela- tion may appear on the face of things or it may not. On the face of a note made by A and indorsed by B, A appears to be the party who is the principal debtor and B appears to be the party who is the surety, but that is not necessarily the fact. That note may have been made by A for the accommoda- 196 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS tion of B. In that case B is really as between the parties the principal debtor, and A, the maker of the note, is the surety. 340. GIVING TIME TO SURETY WHO DOES NOT APPEAR TO BE SUCH.— Now what is the effect of a contract by a payee, the holder of the note, to give time to A? Giving time to a surety does not discharge a principal debtor, and if A is in fact the surety, B, the principal debtor, can- not complain if time is given to A. But suppose the holder of the instrument, being ignorant that A was an accommodation maker, and therefore was really a surety, gave time or a covenant not to sue to B, the indorser, is A discharged? Can A say to the payee who is holder, "You have given time to B, the indorser, and as he was really the principal debtor, you have changed the form of the obligation; and as I am really a surety, though I seem to be the principal debtor (as I am the maker of the note) , I am discharged." Prior to the passage of the Nego- tiable Instruments Law the answer to that question depended on this: did the payee or holder actually know when he gave time to B, the indorser, that A was really a surety for B and that B was the princi- pal debtor? If at any time before making the con- tract of indulgence the holder knew that B was really the principal debtor, then an agreement for time made with B would discharge the surety, A, the maker of the note. In other words, the holder had to respect the suretyship relation between the NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 197 parties as soon as he had notice of it, even though he did not know of it at the time he became holder but found it out afterwards. 341. EFFECT OF NEGOTIABLE INSTRU- MENTS LAW. — Now it has been a disputed ques- tion under the Negotiable Instruments Law wheth- er that law has changed this rule, but the view adopted by most States which have had the ques- tion before them is that the Negotiable Instruments Law changed the rule of the common law ; that the language of Section 120, which is the section in- volved, is such as to indicate that the Legislature intended the holder should only be bound to con- sider who was primarily liable on the instrument, and need take no notice of a suretyship relation not apparent on the face of the instrument. It still re- mains law, as it was before the Negotiable Instru- ments Law, that to give time to a principal debtor, who is prior on the instrument to the surety, will discharge the surety ; but it is probably not true un- der the Negotiable Instruments Law, that finding out afterwards that the party subsequent on the instrument is really the principal debtor compels <> the holder to treat him as such. In any State where the matter has not yet been decided, however, the only safe way would be to assume that the rule of the Common Law might still prevail and treat one who was discovered to be a surety in the same way whether or not he appeared by the instrument to be such. 198 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 342. SECTION 121.— [RIGHT OF PARTY WHO DISCHARGES INSTRUMENT.] Where the instrument is paid by a party secondarily liable thereon, it is not discharged ; but the party so pay- ing it is remitted to his former rights as regards all prior parties, and he may strike out his own and all subsequent indorsements, and again negotiate the instrument, except: — (1) Where it is payable to the order of a third person, and has been paid by the drawer; and (2) Where it was made or accepted for accommodation, and has been paid by the party accommodated. 343. COMMENT ON SECTION 121.— This section only becomes important where the party secondarily liable derives title through the prior parties whom he is endeavoring to hold liable. If, when he is remitted to his original position, he could not hold any prior party liable on the instru- ment, it is in effect totally discharged. 344. SECTION 122.— [RENUNCIATION BY HOLDER.] The holder may expressly renounce his rights against any party to the instrument, be- fore, at or after its maturity. An absolute and un- conditional renunciation of his rights against the principal debtor made at or after the maturity of the instrument discharges the instrument. But a renunciation does not affect the rights of a holder in due course without notice. A renunciation must be in writing, unless the instrument is delivered up to the person primarily liable thereon. 345. COMMENT ON SECTION 122.— Renun- ciation is an exceptional kind of personal defence that is not allowed in contracts generally but only NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 199 in regard to negotiable instruments. A holder of a negotiable instrument may by simply writing to the maker that he renounces his rights on the note dis- charge the maker so far as this holder personally is concerned. The maker will not have an absolute defence against a subsequent holder in due course, but he will have a personal defence against the hold- er who has thus renounced his rights. This is en- tirely different from the law governing a simple contract. If a creditor on a simple contract agrees to renounce his rights for any sum less than the face of a liquidated debt, the renunciation or the agreed surrender of the creditor's rights amounts to nothing. The payment of part of the debt is not sufficient consideration for the agreement to sur- render the whole debt. Still more plainly is it true that the creditor cannot renounce his claim alto- gether without getting any payment. There would be no consideration for such an agreement on the part of the creditor. But in the case of a negotiable note w^e have just that possibility. The holder may, without getting any consideration, renounce his rights against the party who really ought to pay the note, that is, the maker unless he made the note for the accommodation of an indorser. In order to be effective the renunciation must be in writing. 346. SECTION 123.— [CANCELLATION; UNINTENTIONAL; BURDEN OF PROOF.] A cancellation made unintentionally, or under a mistake or without the authority of the holder, is 200 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS inoperative ; but where an instrument or any signa- ture thereon appears to have been cancelled the burder of proof lies on the party who alleges that the cancellation was made unintentionally, or under a mistake or without authority. 347. COMMENT ON SECTION 123.— The principle involved in this section is the general one that loss or destruction by accident of a negotiable instrument (or any other paper) is not allowed to destroy the rights of the owner of the document. 348. SECTION 124.~[ALTERATION OF INSTRUMENT; EFFECT OF.] Where a nego- tiable instrument is materially altered without the assent of all parties liable thereon, it is avoided, ex- cept as against a party who has himself made, auth- orized or assented to the alteration, and subsequent indorsers. But when an instrument has been materially al- tered and is in the hands of a holder in due course, not a party to the alteration, he may enforce pay- ment thereof according to its original tenor. NOTE.— In the Illinois Act the words "fraudulently or" (probably "and" was intended) are inserted before "mate- rially" in Hne one and the words "by the holder" after "al- tered" in the same sentence. In the Illinois Act the words "fraudulently or" (probably "and" was intended) are in- serted before "materially" in line one and the words "by the holder" after "altered" in the same sentence. 349. GENERAL RULE AS TO ALTERA- TION. — An absolute defence is created by altera- tion, with which Sections 124 and 125 of the statute deal. Before the statute was passed there were two important things to consider : first, was an alteration material, and second, was it fraudulently made by NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 201 the holder. If an alteration was immaterial it would not have any effect whatever. It therefore became important to decide what was a material alteration. Indeed, it is still, and the statute in Sec- tion 125 states some of the principal alterations which are held material. Many of them, you will readily see, must be material, as, for instance, alter- ation of the amount, the time or place of payment, the parties, or the medium of payment, but the date has also been held material, and it has even been held in England that the number of a note is mate- rial, and that a change in that creates a material alteration. Prior to the statute, if an alteration was material the next questions were, was it fraudulent and was it made by the holder? If it was not made by the holder, or if, though made by the holder, he made it believing that he was really making the instrument express the agreement of the parties, — as, for instance, if he added to it "with interest at 5 per cent.," thinking to himself "that was what we agreed," — such a change prior to the statute would not destroy the instrument. The alterations them- selves if not assented to by the parties to be charged would not bind them. The altered instrument would only be effective as if still in its original form, but it would remain a valid instrument just as if it had remained unaltered. To some extent the Nego- tiable Instruments Law has changed that and sub- situted a harsher rule. Section 124 provides that "where a negotiable instrument is materially altered 202 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS without the assent of all parties liable thereon it is void, except as against a party who has himself made, authorized or assented to the alteration, and subsequent indorsers." If the section stopped there, any material alteration, however innocent, would make the instrument void, even in the hands of a holder in due course, as would all fraudulent mate- rial alterations. Section 124, however, further pro- vides : "but when an instrument has been materially altered and is in the hands of a holder in due course not a party to the alteration, he may enforce pay- ment thereof according to the original tenor." It may seem that this would avoid all difficulties, but consider this case : a note is made payable to A ; he, without fraud and thinking it was what the parties agreed, adds the words "with interest at 5 per cent." He does not negotiate the instrument, but holds it till maturity. It would seem that the instrument is absolutely void. The second sentence does not ap- ply, since the instrument has not been negotiated to a holder in due course, and the first sentence of the section says that the altered instrument shall be void. One may suppose a still harsher case : sup- pose an instrument is altered by a third person not the holder (that sort of case has not infrequently arisen), and suppose as before that there is no nego- tiation of the instrument prior to maturity. It seems under the wording of this statute that that instrument also is void. In other words, the holder of an instrument must at his peril keep it free from NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 203 material alterations not only by himself but by any- body else, and if it once gets altered the only safe thing to do is to sell it as quickly as he can before maturity to a holder in due course. If he does that the holder in due course will be able to recover on the instrument according to its original tenor, but if the instrument is held until after maturity, then there cannot be a holder in due course, since a pur- chaser after maturity is not so designated, and the original holder himself cannot recover. 350. RAISED CHECKS.— Perhaps the com- monest kind of alteration in bank business is a raised check. If a check is raised and paid by a bank, the bank can recover the excess payment over and above the original amount of the check from the person to whom payment was made. The bank will not be able to charge its customer the full amount which it has paid, since the customer never authorized payment of the larger amount; so it is essential for the bank's protection that it should recover from the person to whom it made payment in excess. Sometimes it can get at this person, but, of course, not infrequently the person to whom pay- ment is made is a rascal and makes good his escape, or else is irresponsible when caught ; then the bank would like very much to charge up the full pay- ment to its customer, and though it cannot gener- ally do that, there is one case where it has been urged that the bank ought to be able to do it. These are the facts of a leading case in England: a man 204 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUP.IENTS was going away from home and he left with his wife a number of signed blank checks. She filled in the amount of one of these very carelessly, so that it was perfectly easy for a fraudulent holder of the check to add other words and figures and so raise (the check; and the bank, having paid it, claimed the right to charge up against its customer the full amount of the raised check because his carelessness had made possible the loss. The bank was in that case given the right to do so, and it seems to us that that decision is right. It has, however, been overruled in England and in many States of this country is not law. Apparently, in many, if not most States, if we draw a check for $5 and write the word "five" clear over at the right-hand side of the line, close up against the word "dollars," and also write the figure "5" out at some distance to the right of the dollar mark, so that it is perfectly easy for any one to write "one hundred" in front of the word "five" and insert two figures before the figure "5," still, our bank would not be able to charge that check as $105 against us, though it was deceived in- to paying that amount. We think that is wrong, but, as we say, we understand it to be the law in many States. The reason given in the cases for that rule is that one is not bound to anticipate crime. With all respect to the law, it seems that is a silly thing to say. A person who draws a check in the way which we have suggested oujjht to anticipate crime. Why is it that banks and other persons who NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 205 draw large checks commonly adopt stamping de- vices of one sort or another to fix the amount ? It is just because they anticipate the possibility of crime. It seems to us it may be as negligent not to antici- pate crime if the door is left wide open for it as not to anticipate any other sort of happening which is likely to follow from careless conduct. But we rather wonder, in view of the law, in such States, that drawers of checks are as careful as they are, for apparently the burden is thrown wholly on the bank, and the drawer is allowed to be careless. Whether there is not some limit to the degree of carelessness which a drawer may exercise we should be interested to have decided. We should like a case to come up where the drawer had been guilty of the most extreme carelessness. We should be in- terested in seeing whether any court would follow out in such an extreme case the principles that have here been criticised. 351. SECTION 125.— [WHAT CONSTI- TUTES A MATERIAL ALTERATION.] Any alteration which changes, — (1) The date; (2) The sum payable, either for principal or interest; (3) The time or place of payment; (4) The number or the relations of the parties; (5) The medium or currency in which payment is to be made ; Or which adds a place of payment where no place of payment is specified, or any other change or addition which alters the effect of the instrument in any respect, is a material alteration. 352. COMMENT ON SECTION 125.— The 206 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS cases stated in the sub-sections of this section are necessarily illustrative. The general principle is stated in the last line and a half of the section. Other illustrations of material alteration are the erasure of the name of an obligor, the insertion of a waiver \of demand and notice, the addition or erasure of a seal in a jurisdiction where seals alter the legal effect of an instrument as by allowing a longer stat- ute of limitation. An alteration is none the less material because the change is advantageous to the obligor. To insert a later day of payment, a lower rate of interest, a smaller amount is material. The addition of a collateral guaranty is not material for it does not affect the liability of the principal debtor. The addition, however, of another name as a joint obligor to that of a maker or indorser is material since it purports to make the liability joint instead of several. Correcting a mistake in spelling or in the initials of a name, or inserting a description of security given for the note, is not material. CHAPTER III Title II of the Negotiable Instruments Law BILLS OF EXCHANGE Article I. — Form and Interpretation 353. SECTION 126.— [BILL OF EXCHANGE DEFINED.] A bill of exchange is an uncondition- al order in writing addressed by one person to an- other, signed by the person giving it, requiring the person to whom it is addressed to pay on demand or at a fixed or determinable future time a sum certain in money to order or to bearer. 354. COMMENT ON SECTION 126.— The formal requirements of negotiable paper applicable to bills of exchange have been considered in detail in connection with earlier sections of the Act. 355. SECTION 127.— [BILL NOT AN AS- SIGNMENT OF FUNDS IN HANDS OF DRAWEE.] A bill of itself does not operate as an assignment of the funds in the hands of the drawee available for the payment thereof, and the drawee is not liable on the bill unless and until he accepts the same. 356. COMMENT ON SECTION 127.— The fact that a bill must order the drawee to pay uncondi- tionally, of itself indicates that it is not an assign- ment of a particular fund ; if it were it would violate a fundamental principle of the law of negotiable 207' 208 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS paper requiring an unconditional order, for that means an order to pay irrespective of the existence of any fund. 357. SECTION 128.~[BILL ADDRESSED TO MORE THAN ONE DRAWEE.] A bill may be addressed to two or more drawees jointly, wheth- er they are partners or not ; but not to two or more drawees in the alternative or in succession. 358. REASON FOR LIMITING THE NUM- BER OF DRAWEES.— The reason for not allow- ing several persons to be drawees in the alternative or in succession is because the multiplication of pre- sentments necessary in order to charge the parties secondarily liable would work practical inconveni- ence. It is true that somewhat similar inconveni- ence may be caused by drawing on a number of per- sons jointly, especially if they are not partners, since in that case presentment must be made to each of them, but the allowance of such a bill seems un- avoidable. 359. SECTION 129.— [INLAND AND FOR- EIGN BILLS OF EXCHANGE.] An inland bill of exchange is a bill which is, or on its face purports to be, both drawn and payable within this State. Any other bill is a foreign bill. Unless the contrary appears on the face of the bill, the holder may treat it as an inland bill. 360. IMPORTANCE OF DISTINCTION BE- TWEEN INLAND AND FOREIGN BILLS.— There are two reasons for distinguishing between inland and foreign bills ; the most important reason NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 209 is that foreign bills must be protested by a notary, whereas no formal protest is necessary in regard to inland bills; the other reason relates to a subject called the conflict of laws. If the law of the jurisdic- tion where a bill is drawn differs from the law of the jurisdiction where it is payable, it is necessary to decide which law governs the case. In general the law of the place where the bill is drawn governs the nature and character of the obligations assumed by the parties ; but the law of the place where it is pay- able governs the formalities of presentment, protest, and the necessary diligence to charge persons sec- ondarily liable. 361. SECTION 130.— [WHEN BILL MAY BE TREATED AS PROMISSORY NOTE.] Where in a bill drawer and drawee are the same person, or where the drawee is a fictitious person, or a person not having capacity to contract, the holder may treat the instrument, at his option, either as a bill of exchange or a promissory note. 362. COMMENT ON SECTION 130.— The rea- son for the rule stated in this section is that in the cases supposed, the drawer in legal effect is abso- lutely bound to pay, whereas the drawer of an ordi- nary bill of exchange is only bound to pay on con- dition that some one else fails to pay on presentment at maturity. 363. SECTION 131.— [REFEREE IN CASE OF NEED.] The drawer of a bill and any indorser may insert thereon the name of a person to whom the holder may resort in case of need, that is to say 210 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS in case the bill is dishonored by non-acceptance or non-payment. Such person is called the referee in case of need. It is in the option of the holder to resort to the referee in case of need or not as he may see fit. 364. COMMENT ON SECTION 131.— The practice alluded to in this section is probably not common. Article II. — Acceptance 365. SECTION 132.— [ACCEPTANCE; HOW MADE, ET CETERA.] The acceptance of a bill is the signification by the drawee of his assent to the order of the drawer. The acceptance must be in writing and signed by the drawee. It must not ex- press that the drawee will perform his promise by any other means than the payment of money. 366. SECTION 133.— [HOLDER ENTITLED TO ACCEPTANCE ON FACE OF BILL.] The holder of a bill presenting the same for acceptance may require that the acceptance be written on the bill and, if such request is refused, may treat the bill as dishonored. 367. RIGHTS OF HOLDER IN ACCEPT- ANCE. — Though (as indicated by the two follow- ing sections) an acceptance may be valid though not written on the face of the bill, the holder of the in- strument may require that it shall be so written, and, if this request is refused, may treat the bill as dis- honored. It, is important for a holder to exercise this right and not to rest satisfied with an accept- ance which is not written on the bill. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 211 368. SECTION 134.— [ACCEPTANCE BY SEPARATE INSTRUMENT.] Where an accept- ance is written on a paper other than the bill itself, it does not bind the acceptor except in favor of a person to whom it is shown and who, on the faith thereof, receives the bill for value. 369. WHAT IS AN ACCEPTANCE IN WRITING?— It is to be observed that though an acceptance not written on the bill is in some cases a valid acceptance, it must be in writing. What is such a promise in writing as to amount to an accept- ance may give rise to question; especially whether a telegraphic promise is an acceptance in writing. The promisor ordinarily writes the message but de- livers this writing to the telegraph company, which gives another writing to the promisee. It is prob- able that this is sufficient to satisfy the statute ; but a promise over the telephone is insufficient; the common practice of inquiring over the telephone whether a draft or check will be paid is frequently convenient, but it must be remembered that the practice is not protected by the Negotiable Instru- ment Law, and a promise so made is not an accept- ance within the meaning of the Statute, though un- der some circumstances it may amount to a simple contract. 370. SECTION 135.— [PROMISE TO AC- CEPT; WHEN EQUIVALENT TO ACCEPT- ANCE.] An unconditional promise in writing to accept a bill before it is drawn is deemed an actual 212 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS acceptance in favor of every person who upon the faith thereof, receives the bill for value. 371. COMMENT ON SECTION 135.— The rule stated in this section was established in the United States as matter of common law prior to the passage of the Negotiable Instruments Law. It is nevertheless contrary to the custom of merchants which requires the obligations of negotiable paper to be written on the paper itself, and is opposed to the English law. Such a right as is here alluded to would seem on principle to constitute at most a sim- ple contract. The law, however, is settled in the United States by the statute that such a promise be- comes negotiable when the bill is drawn and is treated as if it were part of the bill. 372. SECTION 136.— [TIME ALLOWED TO DRAWEE TO ACCEPT.] The drawee is allowed twenty-four hours after presentment, in which to decide whether or not he will accept the bill ; but the acceptance if given, dates as of the day of presenta- tion. 373. COMMENT ON SECTION 136.— The time thus allowed the drawee is presumably a privi- lege allowed him which he need not necessarily take ; that is, if he should refuse to accept at the be- ginning of the twenty-four hours, the instrument is immediately dishonored; the holder need not wait the remainder of the period to see if the drawee will change his mind. 374. SECTION 137.— [LIABILITY OF DRAWEE RETAINING OR DESTROYING NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 213 BILL.] Where a drawee to whom a bill is delivered for acceptance destroys the same, or refuses within twenty-four hours after such delivery, or within such other period as the holder may allow, to return the bill accepted or non-accepted to the holder, he will be deemed to have accepted the same. NOTE. — ^This section is omitted in Illinois and South Dakota. 375. ACCEPTANCE BY RETAINING THE BILL. — The case referred to in this section might be properly treated as a case of dishonor for non-acceptance, rather than as a case of acceptance. Suppose the acceptor takes twenty-four hours, or takes the matter under consideration, as the preced- ing section permits, it is provided that his failure to return the instrument, either with or without his acceptance, at the expiration of the twenty-four hours amounts to an acceptance. It would seem that it rather amounts to a wrongful confiscation of another person's property, but the statute says that it is an acceptance. That means that there must be a demand at maturity for payment of the instru- ment, in order to charge the drawer or indorsers. This is a section of the statute to which an amend- ment has been proposed. It would seem reasonable that when a drawee thus retains a bill of exchange and refuses to give it back, to treat the bill as dis- honored rather than accepted, for the drawer ought to be notified of the situation. Of course, the case is one that does not very often occur. 214 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 376. SECTION 138.— [ACCEPTANCE OF IN- COMPLETE BILL.] A bill may be acepted be- fore it has been signed by the drawer, or while oth- erwise incomplete, or when it is overdue, or after it has been dishonored by a previous refusal to accept, or by non-payment. But when a bill payable after sight is dishonored by non-acceptance and the drawee subsequently accepts it, the holder in the absence of any different agreement, is entitled to have the bill accepted as of the date of the first pre- sentment. 377. COMMENT ON SECTION 138.— In con- nection with this section must be borne in mind the rules previously considered in regard to filling blanks in an incomplete instrument. The second sentence in Section 138 expresses an obvious truth. An immediate right of action arises on the original dishonor by non-acceptance; and thereafter the drawee has no right to accept at all unless the holder allows him to. Accordingly the holder may insist on any terms he sees fit as a condition of permitting the drawee to accept subsequently. In connection with this point Section 150 must be borne in mind also. The drawer and any indorsers will be dis- charged unless the holder treats the instrument as dishonored by the original non-acceptance. 378. SECTION 139.— [KINDS OF ACCEPT- ANCES.] An acceptance is either general or quali- fied. A general acceptance assents without qualifi- cation to the order of the drawer. A qualified ac- ceptance in express terms varies the effect of the bill as drawn. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 215 379. COMMENT ON SECTION 139.— Strictly speaking a qualified acceptance is no acceptance at all. It is a refusal to accept though unaccompanied by a promise to do something different from that which the drawer ordered. 380. SECTION 140.— [WHAT CONSTI- TUTES A GENERAL ACCEPTANCE.] An ac- ceptance to pay at a particular place is a general acceptance, unless it expressly states that the bill is to be paid there only and not elsewhere. 381. COMMENT ON SECTION 140.— Sup- pose such an acceptance as is referred to in this sec- tion, must the holder present the instrument at the place named in the acceptance, or at the place where the instrument is due according to the tenor of the face of the instrument. Unless the acceptance ex- pressly states that the bill is to be paid only in the place named in the acceptance, presentment must be in the place indicated by the drawing. The ac- ceptor himself could not object to presentment at the place named by him, but parties secondarily liable could assert that the bill was not dishonored unless presented at the place where the drawer ordered payment to be made. The effect of the sec- tion is that a place inserted in the acceptance is re- garded as merely permissive so far as the acceptor is concerned. If the words were construed as mean- ing more than this, the acceptance would be a qualified one and therefore a dishonor of the instrument. 216 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 382. SECTION 141.— [QUALIFIED AC- CEPTANCE.] An acceptance is qualified, which is: — (1) Conditional, that is to say, which makes payment by the acceptor dependent on the fulfill- ment of a condition therein stated. (2) Partial, that is to say, an acceptance to pay part only of the amount for which the bill is drawn. (3) Local, that is to say, an acceptance to pay only at a particular place. (4) Qualified as to time. (5) The accept- ance of some one or more of the drawees, but not of all. 383. SECTION 142.— [RIGHTS OF PAR- TIES AS TO QUALIFIED ACCEPTANCE.] A qualified acceptance since it involves a refusal to honor the bill according to its tenor is a dishonor of the bill. Therefore, the holder may refuse to take such an acceptance, and if he does not obtain an un- qualified acceptance, may treat the bill as dishon- ored by non-acceptance, with the ordinary conse- quences. Therefore, also, where a qualified accept- ance is taken the drawer and indorsers are dis- charged from liability on the bill, unless they have expressly or impliedly authorized the holder to take a qualified acceptance, or subsequently assent there- to. But when the drawer or an indorser receives notice of a qualified acceptance, he must, within a reasonable time, express his dissent to the holder, or he will be deemed to have assented thereto. Article III. — Presentment for Acceptance 384. SECTION 143.— [WHEN PRESENT- MENT FOR ACCEPTANCE MUST BE MADE.l Presentment for acceptance must be made: — (1) Where the bill is payable after sight, or in any other NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 217 case, where presentment for acceptance is necessary in order to fix the maturity of the instrument; or (2) Where the bill expressly stipulates that it shall be presented for acceptance; or (3) Where the bill is drawn payable elsewhere than at the residence or place of business of the drawee. In no other case is presentment for acceptance necessary in order to render any party to the bill liable. 385. NECESSITY OF PRESENTMENT FOR ACCEPTANCE. — Presentment is of two sorts: presentment for acceptance and presentment for payment. Presentment for acceptance is only ap- propriate for bills of exchange and is not generally necessary, though the holder of a time bill is entitled to demand that acceptance be made in writing on the bill and signed. In some specific cases provided for in this section, presentment for acceptance must be made. The only one of these cases where you might not know without being told that the rule was so is the last named, requiring that where the bill is payable elsewhere than at the residence or place of business of the drawee. If a bill does not require presentment for acceptance the holder may do just as he chooses about it. If he does present the bill for acceptance and it is dishonored, he must give notice of dishonor in the same way as if it had been presented for payment and dishonored, in order to hold the indorsers. He cannot charge the indor- sers, if he has so presented it for acceptance and it has been dishonored, by holding it until maturity 218 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS and presenting it again, and on refusal by the payee giving prompt notice to the drawer and indorsers. (Section 150.) Nevertheless, a holder in due course of such an instrument can charge the drawer and in- dorsers, although the instrument had been dishon- ored for non-acceptance before this holder took the instrument, and though the drawer and indorsers had no notice of the dishonor. 386. SECTION 144.— [WHEN FAILURE TO PRESENT RELEASES DRAWER AND IN- DORSER.] Except as herein otherw^ise provided, the holder of a bill which is required by the next preceding section to be presented for acceptance must either present it for acceptance or negotiate it within a reasonable time. If he fails to do so, the drawer and all indorsers are discharged. 387. TIME OF PRESENTMENT FOR AC- CEPTANCE.— If the bill is of a sort which re- quires presentment for acceptance, the holder must either negotiate it within a reasonable time or he must present it for acceptance within a reasonable time. Suppose the case of a bill payable somewhere else than at the residence or place of business of the drawee and payable in three months. The holder must promptly present it for acceptance or nego- tiate it. Suppose that he does present it within a reasonable time and acceptance is refused. There- after, having waited more than a reasonable time, suppose that he negotiates it for value to a pur- chaser who knows nothing of the prior presentment. Probably that purchaser would not be protected, NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 219 and could not sue the drawer and indorsers because he would have notice from the form of the instru- ment that there must either have been presentment and dishonor or that the holder has carelessly failed to make presentment within the proper time for ac- ceptance. If presentment for acceptance is made of bills as to which it is not required by the statute, it may be made at any time the holder likes before maturity. 388. SECTION 145.[PRESENTMENT; HOW MADE.] Presentment for acceptance must be made by or on behalf of the holder at a reasonable hour, on a business day and before the bill is over- due, to the drawee or some person authorized to accept or refuse acceptance on his behalf; and: (1) Where a bill is addressed to two or more drawees who are not partners, presentment must be made to them all, unless one has authority to accept or re- fuse acceptance for all, in which case presentment may be made to him only. (2) Where the drawee is dead, presentment may be made to his personal rep- resentative. (3) Where the drawee has been ad- judged a bankrupt or an insolvent or has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, presentment may be made to him or to his trustee or assignee. 389. WHEN PRESENTMENT MUST BE MADE. — It must be made at a reasonable time of any business day, but one may hold a bill thinking he will not present it for acceptance, and finally change his mind and present it for acceptance short- ly before maturity. It may be presented on Satur- day prior to 12 o'clock. 220 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 390. TO WHOM PRESENTMENT FOR AC- CEPTANCE MUST BE MADE.— If the instru- ment is addressed to more than one drawee it must be presented to all of them unless they are partners. If the drawee of a bill is dead, presentment must be made to his personal representatives. If he has been adjudicated a bankrupt it must be presented either to him or to his trustees in bankruptcy. 391. SECTION 146.— [ON \¥HAT DAYS PRESENTMENT MAY BE MADE.] A bill may be presented for acceptance on any day on which negotiable instruments may be presented for pay- ment under the provisions of sections seventy-two and eighty-five of this act. When Saturday is not otherwise a holiday, presentment for acceptance may be made before twelve o'clock, noon, on that day. NOTE. — The last sentence is omitted in Kentucky and Wisconsin. 392. SECTION 147. — [PRESENTMENT WHERE TIME IS INSUFFICIENT.] Where the holder of a bill drawn payable elsewhere than at the place of business or the residence of the drawee has not time with the exercise ol reasonable dili- gence to present the bill for acceptance before pre- senting it for payment on the day that it falls due, the delay caused by presenting tlie bill for accept- ance before presenting it for payment is excused and does not discharge the drawers and indorsers. 393. COMMENT ON SECTION 147.— Here again we see that what the law requires is reason- able diligence, not any particular !\^sult, in order to charge parties secondarily liable. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 221 394. SECTION 148.— [WHERE PRESENT- MENT IS EXCUSED.] Presentment for accept- ance is excused and a bill may be treated as dishon- ored by non-acceptance, in either of the following cases: — (1) Where the drawee is dead, or has ab- sconded, or is a fictitious person or a person not hav- ing capacity to contract by bill. (2) Where, after the exercise of reasonable diligence, presentment cannot be made. (3) Where, although presentment has been irregular, acceptance has been refused on some other ground. 395. COMMENT ON SECTION 148.— Subsec- tion 2 in this section covers all cases except that in subsection 3. The principle expressed in the latter subsection is of general application in the law of contracts. Where a party to a contract repudiates his obligation, it is unnecessary to comply with the conditions which qualify his obligation. The law does not compel a man to do useless things, and if a party to a negotiable instrument or to any contract announces that he is not going to perform his duty, the required performance from the other side is ex- cused. 396. SECTION 149.— [WHEN DISHON- ORED BY NON-ACCEPTANCE.] A bill is dis- honored by non-acceptance: — (1) When it is duly presented for acceptance and such an acceptance as is prescribed by this act is refused or cannot be ob- tained; or (2) When presentment for acceptance is excused and the bill is not accepted. 397. SECTION 150.— [DUTY OF HOLDER WHERE BILL NOT ACCEPTED.] Where a bill 222 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS is duly presented for acceptance and is not accepted within the prescribed time, the person presenting it must treat the bill as dishonored by non-acceptance or he loses the right of recourse against the drawer and indorsers. 398. COMMENT ON SECTION 150.— Though a holder, as provided in this section, must give prompt notice of dishonor by non-acceptance, or he will discharge the drawer and indorser, a holder in due course may (being ignorant of the non-accept- ance and taking before maturity) present the bill for payment, and on dishonor for nonpayment charge the drawer and indorsers. This is impossible if any notation on the bill itself indicates its dishonor for non-acceptance, since any one who took such an in- strument would be chargeable with notice of what appeared on its face. 399. SECTION 151.— [RIGHTS OF HOLDER WHERE BILL NOT ACCEPTED.] When a bill is dishonored by non-acceptance, an immediate right of recourse against the drawers and indorsers ac- crues to the holder and no presentment for payment is necessary. 400. DAMAGES ON DISHONOR FOR NON- ACCEPTANCE.— When there is dishonor for non-acceptance and notice thereof is duly given to the drawer and indorsers, there is an immediate right against them to recover the full amount of the bill. In the case of a non-interest bearing bill it is a clear profit to the holder to have the bill dishon- ored for non-acceptance rather than for non-pay- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 223 ment. There is no discount of interest for the period between the day of maturity and the day when presentment for acceptance was made. Article IV— Protest 401. SECTION 152.— [In WHAT CASES PROTEST NECESSARY.] Where a foreign bill appearing on its face to be such is dishonored by non-acceptance, it must be duly protested for non- acceptance, and where such a bill which has not previously been dishonored by non-acceptance is dishonored by non-payment, it must be duly pro- tested for non-payment. If it is not so protested, the drawer and indorsers are discharged. Where a bill does not appear on its face to be a foreign bill, protest thereof in case of dishonor is unnecessary. 402. PURPOSE OF PROTEST.— Protest is of very old origin, and the essential purpose of it is to furnish the evidence of a disinterested person that a negotiable instrument has been properly pre- sented and dishonored. 403. MEANING OF PROTEST.— Protest is often used broadly to signify any dishonor of a negotiable instrument, but, of course, properly it means presentment by a notary, and his certifica- tion that an instrument has been presented for pay- ment and dishonored. Protest is only necessary in regard to foreign bills. (Section 118.) A foreign bill is one which is drawn in one jurisdiction and payable in another. For this purpose the different States of the Union are foreign to each other. (Sec- 224 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS tion 129.) A bill drawn in New York payable in Boston is as much a foreign bill for this purpose as one drawn in England payable here. WHAT MAY BE PROTESTED.— Though protest is not necessary for any other negotiable instrument, except foreign bills of exchange, includ- ing foreign checks, it is convenient frequently to protest other negotiable instruments. The law pro- vides that protest may be made of other negotiable instruments (Section 118), and the certificate of protest is evidence in such cases, as well as in the case of foreign bills of exchange, of the facts which it states, namely, that the instrument has been duly presented and notice given. Statements in a certi- ficate of protest, however, whether of foreign bills or of other instruments, are not conclusive evidence of the facts which they state. They are some evi- dence, but it may be shown by other evidence that the instrument was not presented, or was not pre- sented at the time the certificate asserts, or that the notice was not given as therein asserted. 404. SECTION 153.— [PROTEST; HOW MADE.] The protest must be annexed to the bill, or must contain a copy thereof and must be under the hand and seal of the notary making it, and must specify: — (1) The time and place of presentment; (2) The fact that presentment was made and the manner thereof; (3) The cause or reason for pro- testing the bill; (4) The demand made and the answer given, if any, or the fact that the drawee or acceptor could not be found. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 225 405. ESSENTIAL FACTS MUST BE PUT IN THE PROTEST.— As the purpose of protest is to furnish evidence of the necessary presentment, all facts which are necessary or useful for making out a case against parties secondarily liable, must be put in the protest. 406. SECTION 154.— [PROTEST; BY WHOM MADE.] Protest may be made by— (1) A notary public; or (2) By any respectable resi- dent of the place where the bill is dishonored, in the presence of two or more credible witnesses. 407. WHO MAY PROTEST PAPER.— A no- tary is of course the ordinary person to make a pro- test, although it is provided that protest may also be made by any respectable resident of the place where the bill is dishonored, in the presence of two or more credible witnesses. That would perhaps lead to inquiry as to what residents were respect- able and what witnesses were credible, and it would be very foolish to take advantage of subsection 2 except in case of absolute necessity. Moreover as the preceding section requires, as the common law required, a seal to be attached to the protest, of which courts, even of another State, would take no- tice as proving that the paper was what it pur- ported to be, it may be questioned whether the per- mission given in subsection 2 would be effective in case of a foreign (that is interstate) bill. 408. SECTION 155.— [PROTEST; WHEN TO BE MADE.] When a bill is protested, such 226 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS protest must be made on the day of its dishonor, unless delay is excused as herein provided. When a bill has been duly noted, the protest may be sub- sequently extended as of the date of the noting. 409. TIME OF PROTEST.— The time of pro- test is the day of dishonor, unless delay in present- ment is excused for reasons which we have previ- ously spoken of. If a bill has been noted for pro- test, the protest may be subsequently written out as of the day protest was noted, but this must be done exactly. In one case a bill was noted for pro- test on the 24th of September. The extended pro- test was dated the 25th of September and contained a statement of the 25th of September as the day of noting. That protest was held invalid. 410. SECTION 156.— [PROTEST; WHERE MADE.] A bill must be protested at the place where it is dishonored, except that when a bill drawn payable at the place of business, or residence of some person other than the drawee, has been dis- honored by non-acceptance, it must be protested for non-payment at the place where it is expressed to be payable, and no further presentment for pay- ment to, or demand on, the drawee is necessary. 411. PLACE OF PROTEST.— The place of protest is the place where the instrument is dishon- ored, and that, of course, is normally the place of payment. There is an exception to the rule that a bill must be protested in the place where it is dis- honored, namely, when it is drawn payable at the place of business or residence of somebody other NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 227 than the drawee, and has been dishonored for non- acceptance, it must be protested for non-payment at the place where it is expressed to be payable. 412. SECTION 157.— [PROTEST BOTH FOR NON-ACCEPTANCE AND NON-PAYMENT.] A bill which has been protested for non-acceptance may be subsequently protested for non-payment. 413. COMMENT ON SECTION 157.— The statute also provides, in Section 150, that where a bill is dishonored for non-acceptance, the bill must be treated as dishonored or the holder will lose the right of recourse against the drawer and indorsers. That seems to mean that if a protest for non-ac- ceptance is duly made, the indorsers and drawer are charged once for all. There is no occasion then for presentment for non-payment. Section 1 50 also seems to mean that if the instrument is dishonored for non-acceptance, and the holder fails to notify the parties secondarily liable, they are discharged, and in that case, also, there is no use to present for pay- ment afterwards. The only cases, then, that we can think of in view of Section 150, where there could be any possible use in a second presentment,| is (1) where the presentment for acceptance for some reason or other was not a proper present- ment, and (2) where the place of payment is some- where other than the residence or place of business of the drawee. Of course it may be desirable as a matter of business to make a second presentment to see if the drawee will not change his mind. 228 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 414. SECTION 158.— [PROTEST BEFORE MATURITY WHERE ACCEPTOR INSOL- VENT.] Where the acceptor has been adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent, or has made an assign- ment for the benefit of creditors, before the bill ma- tures, the holder may cause the bill to be pro- tested for better security against the drawer and indorsers. 415. COMMENT ON SECTION 158.--This follows the practice on the continent of Europe. I do not suppose it is very common in this country. 416. SECTION 159.— [WHEN PROTEST DISPENSED WITH.] Protest is dispensed with by any circumstances which would dispense with notice of dishonor. Delay in noting or protesting is excused when delay is caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder and not imputable to his default, misconduct or negligence. When the cause of delay ceases to operate, the bill must be noted or protested with reasonable diligence. 417. COMMENT ON SECTION 159.— Again we see that the test of the holder's duty in order to charge indorsers or drawers is diligence. 418. SECTION 160.— [PROTEST WHERE BILL IS LOST, ET CETERA.] When a bill is lost or destroyed or is wrongly detained from the person entitled to hold it, protest may be made on a copy or written particulars thereof. 419. COMMENT ON SECTION 160.— The law does not permit the rights of a holder of nego- tiable paper to be impaired by accidental loss or destruction even though the holder was guilty of NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 229 negligence. Therefore to protect the owner of such a bill in his rights against parties secondarily liable, he is allowed to make presentment personally, or (if strict protest by notary is necessary) by means of a copy or merely by a statement of the essential particulars of the instrument. Article V"" Acceptance for Honor 420. SECTION 161.— [WHEN BILL MAY BE ACCEPTED FOR HONOR.] Where a bill of exchange has been protested for dishonor by non-acceptance or protested for better security, and is not overdue, any person not being a party already liable thereon, may, with the consent of the holder, intervene and accept the bill supra protest for the honor of any party liable thereon, or for the honor of the person for whose account the bill is drawn. The acceptance for honor may be for the part only of the sum for which the bill is drawn and where there has been an acceptance for honor for one par- ty, there may be a further acceptance by a different person for the honor of another party. 421. ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT FOR HONOR. — The statute contains rather elaborate^ provisions in regard to acceptance for honor and* payment for honor of a bill of exchange. We sup- pose that is not of very common occurrence. The purpose of it is this : if we make ourselves liable for another person's debt, or if we pay another person's debt, it is not generally true that we have a right of recourse against him. We have no business to pay 23d NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS another person's debts unless we want to free him from liability. But in the case of a bill of exchange which is dishonored, that is not true. An outsider may accept or pay for the honor of any party, gen- erally the drawee, rendering himself liable, or mak- ing actual payment and still have recourse against the drawer. In order to get this recourse against the drawer it is necessary that the bill shall be pre- sented to the drawee for payment and protested, so that the person who accepts or pays for honor has the certificate of the notary to show that he acted only after the drawee of the bill had refused to honor it. The statute is sufficiently self-explana- tory of the general subject in Sections 161-177. 422. SECTION 162.— [ACCEPTANCE FOR HONOR; HOW MADE.] An acceptance for honor supra protest must be in writing, and indi- cate that it is an acceptance for honor, and must be signed by the acceptor for honor. 423. SECTION 163.— [WHEN DEEMED TO BE AN ACCEPTANCE FOR HONOR OF THE DRAWER.] Where an acceptance for honor does not expressly state for whose honor it is made, it is deemed to be an acceptance for the honor of the drawer. 424. SECTION 164.— [LIABILITY OF THE ACCEPTOR FOR HONOR.] The acceptor for honor is liable to the holder and to all parties to the bill subsequent to the party for whose honor he has accepted. 425. SECTION 165.— [AGREEMENT OF AC- CEPTOR FOR HONOR.] The acceptor for NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 231 honor, by such acceptance engages that he will on due presentment pay the bill according to the terms of his acceptance, provided it shall not have been paid by the drawee, and provided also, that it shall have been duly presented for payment and protested for non-payment and notice of dishonor given him. 426. SECTION 166.— [MATURITY OF BILL PAYABLE AFTER SIGHT; ACCEPTED FOR HONOR.] Where a bill payable after sight is ac- cepted for honor, its maturity is calculated from the date of the noting for non-acceptance and not from the date of the acceptance for honor. 427. SECTION 167.— [PROTEST OF BILL ACCEPTED FOR HONOR, ET CETERA.] Where a dishonored bill has been accepted for hon- or supra protest or contains a reference in case of need, it must be protested for non-payment before it is presented for payment to the acceptor for honor or referee in case of need. 428. SECTION 168.— [PRESENTMENT FOR PAYMENT TO ACCEPTOR FOR HON- OR; HOW MADE.] Presentment for payment to the acceptor for honor must be made as follows: — (1) If it is to be presented in the place where the- protest for non-payment was made, it must be pre- sented not later than the day following its matur- ity. (2) If it is to be presented in some other place than the place where it was protested, then it must be forwarded within the time specified in section one hundred and four. 429. SECTION 169.— [WHEN DELAY IN MAKING PRESENTMENT IS EXCUSED.] The provisions of section eighty-one apply where 232 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS there is delay in making presentment to the ac- ceptor for honor or referee in case of need. 430. SECTION 170.— [DISHONOR OF BILL BY ACCEPTOR FOR HONOR.] When the bill is dishonored by the acceptor for honor it must be protested for nonpayment by him. Article VI — Payment for Honor 431. SECTION 171.— [WHO MAY MAKE PAYMENT FOR HONOR.] Where a bill has been protested for non-payment, any person may intervene and pay it supra protest for the honor of any person liable thereon or for the honor of the person for whose account it was drawn. 432. SECTION 172. — [PAYMENT FOR HONOR; HOW MADE.] The payment for hon- or supra protest in order to operate as such and not as a mere voluntary payment must be attested by a notarial act of honor which may be appended to the protest or form an extension to it. 433. SECTION 173.— [DECLARATION BE- FORE PAYMENT FOR HONOR.] The notarial act of honor must be founded on a declaration made by the payer for honor or by his agent in that be- half declaring his intention to pay the bill for honor and for whose honor he pays. 434. SECTION 174.— [PREFERENCE OF PARTIES OFFERING TO PAY FOR HONOR.] Where two or more persons offer to pay a bill for the honor of different parties, the person whose payment will discharge most parties to the bill is to be given the preference. 435. SECTION 175.— [EFFECT ON SUBSE- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 233 QUENT PARTIES WHERE BILL IS PAID FOR HONOR.] Where a bill has been paid for honor, all parties subsequent to the party for whose honor it is paid are discharged, but the payer for honor is subrogated for, and succeeds to, both the rights and duties of the holder as regards the party for whose honor he pays and all parties liable to the latter. 436. SECTION 176.— [WHERE HOLDER REFUSES TO RECEIVE PAYMENT SUPRA PROTEST.] V/here the holder of a bill refuses to receive payment supra protest, he loses his right of recourse against any party who would have been discharged by such payment. 437. SECTION 177.— [RIGHTS OF PAYER FOR HONOR.] The payer for honor, on paying to the holder the amount of the bill and the notarial expenses incidental to its dishonor, is entitled to re- ceive both the bill itself and the protest. Article VII— Bills in a Set 438. SECTION 178.— [BILLS IN SETS CON- STITUTE ONE BILL.] Where a bill is drawn in a set, each part of the set being numbered and con- taining a reference to the other parts, the whole of the parts constitutes one bill. 439. BILLS IN A SET.— Another rather excep- tional sort of case relates to bills in a set, and this is provided for in Sections 178 to 183. We call the case exceptional, but, of course, it is common enough in foreign exchange. The reason is not apparent why the practice still persists of drawing 234 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS such bills in a set, each part of which is an original. We do not know why one original and copies would not serve every useful purpose; but however this may be, it is common to draw foreign bills in a set, and each part is as much an original as the others. Whichever one is indorsed first gives to the in- dorser a perfect title to the whole. If the holder of a bill in three parts should indorse the three parts, the first part to A, then the second to B, and then the third to C, A becomes the owner of the whole bill; he can demand the other parts from B and C. It would not matter if the first indorsed part were numbered the third in the set ; A would still be the first man to get an indorsement, and he therefore would become owner of the whole set. In spite of the fact that A is the owner of the whole, if B or C should present his part to the drawee, and the drawee in good faith accepted or paid the part first presented to him, the payment would be a discharge of the bill; but we suppose A, who was the first indorsee, would have a right against the later in- dorsees B or C, who got payment from the drawee. A could say to B or C: "That money which you got really belongs to me, for I was the owner of the bill." Of course, if the holder should do as we have suggested — indorse for value the three parts to dif- ferent persons — he is committing a fraud. He is liable on his indorsement on every part to whom- ever may have paid value for that part. The ac- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 235 ceptance may be written on any part, but it must be written on only one part. If it is written on more, the acceptor would be liable to a holder of each part on which he had written an acceptance. That is a very sensible provision, and yet we can see no more reason for requiring that acceptance be written on one part only than for requiring that the drawer's name be on one part only. Of course, that is merely saying again, the practice of drawing bills in sets is unfortunate. The acceptor cannot prop- erly make payment on any part except the one on which his acceptance is written; that is, he must get that part surrendered to him or he will not be discharged. 440. SECTION 179.— [RIGHTS OF HOLD- ERS WHERE DIFFERENT PARTS ARE NE- GOTIATED.] Where two or more parts of a set are negotiated to different holders in due course, the holder whose title first accrues is as between such holders the true owner of the bill. But noth- ing in this section affects the rights of a person who in due course accepts or pays the part first pre- sented to him. 441. SECTION 180.— [LIABILITY OF HOLDER WHO INDORSES TWO OR MORE PARTS OF A SET TO DIFFERENT PER- SONS.] Where the holder of a set indorses two or more parts to different persons he is liable on every such part, and every indorser subsequent to him is liable on the part he has himself indorsed, as if such parts were separate bills. 236 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 442. SECTION 181.— [ACCEPTANCE OF BILLS DRAWN IN SETS.] The acceptance may be written on any part and it must be written on one part only. If the drawee accepts more than one part, and such accepted parts are negotiated to dif- ferent holders in due course, he is liable on every such part as if it were a separate bill. 443. SECTION 182.— [PAYMENT BY AC- CEPTOR OF BILLS DRAWN IN SETS.] When the acceptor of a bill drawn in a set pays it without requiring the part bearing his acceptance to be de- livered up to him, and that part at maturity is out- standing in the hands of a holder in due course, he is liable to the holder thereon. 444. SECTION 183.— [EFFECT OF DIS- CHARGING ONE OF A SET.] Except as herein otherwise provided where any one part of a bill drawn in a set is discharged by payment or other- wise the whole bill is discharged. CHAPTER IV Title III of the Negotiable Instruments Law PROMISSORY NOTES AND CHECKS Article I 445. SECTION 184.— [PROMISSORY NOTE DEFINED.] A negotiable promissory note within the meaning of this act is an unconditional promise in writing made by one person to another signed by the maker engaging to pay on demand, or at a fixed or determinable future time, a sum certain in money to order or to bearer. Where a note is drawn to the maker's own order, it is not complete until in- dorsed by him. 446. COMMENT ON SECTION 184.— The re- quirements of this section have been considered in detail at the beginning of the Act. 447. SECTION 185.— [CHECK DEFINED.] A check is a bill of exchange drawn on a bank pay- able on demand. Except as herein otherwise pro- vided, the provisions of this act applicable to a bill of exchange payable on demand apply to a check. 448. LIABILITY OF DRAWER OF A CHECK. — As a check is payable on demand it does not contemplate acceptance, though certification of the check corresponds to acceptance and imposes the liability of an acceptor on the certifying bank. There are three differences of special importance 238 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS between the obligation of the drawer of a check and the obligation of the drawer of any other kind of demand bill. In the first place, giving a check is a representation by the drawer that he has funds. If we draw a bill of exchange, which is not a check, on some one and give it to a person who pays value for it, we are not guilty of false representations merely because we have no right to draw on the drawee and he refuses to pay the draft and is under no duty to pay it. We are liable for breach of promise on our signature as drawer, that is all; but one who draws a check and passes it represents that he has funds in the bank and accordingly he is guilty of fraud and misrepresentation, and is not simply breaking a promise if the check is not paid for lack of funds. The other two differences are considered under Sections 186 and 188. 449. SECTION 186.— [WITHIN WHAT TIME A CHECK MUST BE PRESENTED.] A check must be presented for payment within a reas- onable time after its issue or the drawer will be dis- charged from liability thereon to the extent of the loss caused by the delay. NOTE.— In the Illinois and South Dakota Acts there is inserted after the word "issue" "and notice of dishonor given to the drawer as provided for in the case of bills of ex- change." 450. INSUFFICIENT DILIGENCE DOES NOT ALWAYS DISCHARGE THE DRAWER OF A CHECK. — The second difference between checks and ordinary bills of exchange relates to the NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 239 effect of using insufficient diligence to charge the drawer. In order to charge the drawer of a bill the instrument must be presented at maturity if it is a demand bill; and on being so presented notice must be given promptly to the drawer if the in- strument is dishonored. If such presentment is not made or such notice is not given the drawer of a bill is absolutely discharged. But Section 186 pro- vides that a check must be presented for payment within a reasonable time after its issue (that is, like any bill) or the drawer will be discharged from liability thereon to the extent of the loss caused by the delay. Those last words lay down an entirely different rule from that applicable in case of a bill of exchange which is not a check. The drawer of such a bill of exchange would be absolutely dis- charged. The drawer of a check is not discharged except to the extent of the loss caused by the delay, and usually, unless the drawee bank fails, there will be no loss caused by the delay. This section of the Negotiable Instruments Law says nothing about what would be the effect of a failure to give prompt notice to the drawer in case a check was dishonored. As the statute does say (Section 185) that the rule as to checks is the same as the rule governing bills of exchange in all matters not specifically stated, the effect of the statute seems to be that though delay in presenting a check discharges the drawer only to the extent he was injured, delay in notifying the 240 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS drawer of the dishonor of the check absolutely dis- charges him, just as it does the drawer of an ordi- nary bill of exchange. Probably this is a blunder in the Negotiable Instruments Law. The law be- fore the statute was that delay in giving notice of dishonor was no more serious than delay in making presentment in the case of checks. 451. SECTION 187.— [CERTIFICATION OF CHECK; EFFECT OF.] Where a check is certi- fied by the bank on which it is drawn, the certifica- tion is equivalent to an acceptance. 452. COMMENT ON SECTION 187.— This section must be taken subject to the qualification in the following section. 453. SECTION 188.— [EFFECT WHERE THE HOLDER OF CHECK PROCURES IT TO BE CERTIFIED.] Where the holder of a check procures it to be accepted or certified the drawer and all indorsers are discharged from liability thereon. 454. EFFECT OF CERTIFICATION OF A CHECK ON THE DRAWER'S LIABILITY.— The third difference between the drawer of a check and the drawer of an ordinary bill of exchange is stated in this section. Certification of a check cor- responds in the main to an acceptance of the bill, as has been said, but if the acceptor of an ordinary bill fails to pay at maturity, the holder can notify the drawer and charge him. In the case of certification of a check, however, a distinction is taken. If the certification is obtained by the drawer of the check NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 241 before delivery to the payee, the situation is just the same as in the case of an accepted bill of exchange. The holder, if he does not get his money from the certifying bank, can sue the drawer of the check; but if the holder of a check himself gets it certified he thereby discharges the drawer. The reason for the distinction is this : a check is an instrument pay- able on demand, and the normal thing for the holder of a check to do is to get his money. If he goes to a bank and asks for a certification he is not doing the normal thing, and it would not be fair to allow him to extend the liability of the drawer by keeping the check outstanding when he might have got his money instead of the certification when he pre- sented the check. With the exception of those three differences the liability of the drawer of a check is the same as that of a drawer of a bill. 455. SECTION 189.— [WHEN CHECK OP- ERATES AS AN ASSIGNMENT.] A check of itself does not operate as an assignment of any part of the funds to the credit of the drawer with the bank, and the bank is not liable to the holder, unless and until it accepts or certifies the check. 456. A CHECK IS NOT AN ASSIGNMENT OF PART OF THE ACCOUNT ON WHICH IT IS DRAWN.— -Before the enactment of the Nego- tiable Instruments Law, there was, in a number though not in most of the States, another important difference between a check and other bills of ex- change. It was the law of this minority of the 242 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS States that a check made the payee or holder the assignee of a sufficient portion of the drawer's ac- count to pay the check, though an ordinary bill of exchange did not have this effect. Under this rule the bank on being notified of the check was liable directly to the holder to pay it, if the drawer's ac- count was sufficient to meet it. The holder of the check as soon as he acquired it was regarded as be- coming owner of so much of the drawer's account as equalled the face of the check. This rule does not exist now in any State which has adopted the Negotiable Instruments Law, for by Section 189 of that statute, it is provided that a check does not operate as an assignment; and the statute also in Section 127 enacts the rule prevailing generally at Common Law that a bill of exchange too does not operate as an assignment. 457. A CHECK IS NOT AN ASSIGNMENT EVEN WHEN CERTIFIED.— The last clause of this section is somewhat misleading since it implies that after acceptance or certifica- tion, the check does operate as an assignment. The words of the section itself are not perfectly clear. They may mean only that the bank is not liable unless and until it accepts and certifies, which is certainly true, but they may imply also that a check operates as an assignment when the bank certifies. If the comma after the word holder were omitted, the former meaning would clearly be the right one ; but in view of the heading of the section NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 243 it is probable that the latter meaning was intended. Nevertheless, the holder of a certified check is not an assignee. He has a direct right against the bank. If he were merely an assignee his claim would be subject to any defence which was good against the drawer. CHAPTER V Title IV of the Negotiable Instruments Law GENERAL PROVISIONS Article I 458. SECTION 190.— [SHORT TITLE.] This act may be cited as the Uniform Negotiable Instru- ments Act. 459. SECTION 191.— [DEFINITIONS AND MEANING OF TERMS.] In this act, unless the context otherwise requires — "Acceptance" means an acceptance completed by delivery or notification. "Action" includes counter-claim and set-off. "Bank" includes any person or association of per- sons carrying on the business of banking, whether incorporated or not. "Bearer" means the person in possession of a bill or note which is payable to bearer. "Bill" means bill of exchange, and "note" means negotiable promissory note. "Delivery" means transfer of possession, actual or constructive, from one person to another. "Holder" means the payee or indorsee of a bill or note, who is in possession of it, or the bearer thereof. "Indorsement" means an indorsement completed by delivery. "Instrument" means negotiable instrument. "Issue" means the first delivery of the instrument, 244 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 245 complete in form, to a person who takes it as a holder. "Person" includes a body of persons, whether in- corporated or not. "Value" means valuable consideration. "Written" includes printed, and "writing" in- cludes print. 460. SECTION 192.— [PERSON PRIMAR- ILY LIABLE ON INSTRUMENT.] The person "primarily" liable on an instrument is the person who by the terms of the instrument is absolutely required to pay the same. All other parties are "sec- ondarily" liable. 461. SECTION 193.— [REASONABLE TIME, WHAT CONSTITUTES.] In determining what is a "reasonable time" or an "unreasonable time," regard is to be had to the nature of the instrument, the usage of trade or business (if any) with respect to such instruments, and the facts of the particular case. 462. SECTION 194.— [TIME, HOW COM- PUTED; WHEN LAST DAY FALLS ON HOLIDAY.] Where the day, or the last day, for doing any act herein required or permitted to be done falls on Sunday or on a holiday, the act may be done on the next succeeding secular or business day. 463. SECTION 195.— [APPLICATION OF ACT.] The provisions of this act do not apply to negotiable instruments made and delivered prior to the [taking effect] hereof. 464. SECTION 196.— [CASES NOT PRO- VIDED FOR IN ACT.] In any case not provided 246 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS for in this act the rules of [law and equity includ- ing] the law merchant shall govern. 465. SECTION 197.— [REPEALS.] All acts and parts of acts inconsistent with this act are here- by repealed. 466. SECTION 198.— [TIME WHEN ACT TAKES EFFECT.] This [act] shall take effect on CHAPTER VI Supplementary Topics 467. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.— The statute of limitations is always an important matter in regard to negotiable instruments and all forms of contracts. The common statute of limitations governing simple contracts is six years from the time when performance is first due. In some States it has been shortened to five or even three, but six is the most common period. A sealed contract, the evidences of indebtedness of a bank, or a judgment in many States, continues in force for twenty years, and so does a witnessed promissory note, but it is necessary to examine the statutes of each State on this matter. The statute is started afresh by any signed written promise to pay a debt, or by any signed written unqualified admis- sion of the debt, or by any part payment of princi- pal or interest, whether made before or after the statute has originally run. For instance, if money is due in 1902, and the debtor makes a payment in 1904, the debt will not be outlawed till 1910; or if no payment had been made and the debtor, when asked to pay the debt in 1909, after it was barred, should write, "I intend to pay that debt," or should even write no more than, "Of course that debt is due and I am sorry I have not paid it," that would start the statute afresh, and the claim would not be out- 247 248 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS la wed until 1915. On a running account with mu- tual debts and credits the statute does not bar the account until six years after the date of the last item of the account. A trust does not become outlawed so long as the trustee continues to hold for the bene- ficiary, but if the trust were repudiated the statute would then begin to run at once, because it would be clear that the trustee no longer held the trust property as such. A bank deposit is not exactly a trust, but it is a liability to pay only on demand, and therefore the statute does not run except when and after a demand is made. If a cause of action is fraudulently concealed, the statute does not run while the concealment continues. If the debtor is out of the State the statute does not run during the period while he is out of the State, — that time is deducted; but there is generally this qualification, that if the debt becomes completely barred in some other State, while the creditor resided therein, it is thereafter barred in the first State. 468. BANKER'S LIEN AND RIGHT OF SET- OFF. — A word may be said in regard to the bank's right of lien and set-off. A bank has a lien on its customer's securities in its hands for any balance due it, unless the securities are held under some in- consistent arrangement. If, for instance , by the terms of a collateral note, collaterals are held merely to secure that note, the arrangement is inconsistent with their being held as security for a general bal- ance. It is a good plan to have it provided in a col- NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 249 lateral note that the collateral may be applied to all indebtedness due to the bank. That provision may- destroy the negotiability of the note, but frequently it is of more importance to a bank to have the bene- fit of all the collateral for all indebtedness than to have the note negotiable. The depositor's account is not tangible property and is therefore not some- thing in regard to v^^hich one may speak of as a lien. It is legally merely a debt due from the bank to its depositor; but a right to set off its ov^m claims against this debt is in effect the equivalent of a lien. May a bank set off against a depositor's drav^^ing account a note made by him due to the bank? Yes, it may if the note is due; if the note is not due, it cannot set it off. As a general rule, that would be agreed both by bank men and lawyers, but would it not make a difference if the depositor was insol- vent? It is, indeed, only in that case that a bank would claim to be entitled to set off against a gen- eral account an unmatured note of a depositor. It has been held in Massachusetts and some other States that the bank has no right to set off an un- matured note against the depositor's account, even if the depositor is insolvent. In some States the law is otherwise; and the National Bankruptcy Law in effect allows such a set-off in case of bank- ruptcy, for the National Bankruptcy Law provides that any provable claim may be set off by the credi- tor against a claim due from him to the bankrupt estate. Now the bankrupt depositor's general ac- 250 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS count would be a debt due from the bank, and the note would be a provable claim, even though not yet matured, so the bank could set off the unma- tured note against the account. In States like Mas- sachusetts, therefore, where the State courts deny ithe right to set off an unmatured note of an insolvent, it is better for the bank when it has a general deposit account with the bal- ance in favor of the insolvent, to have the insol- vent's estate settled under the bankruptcy law than under a general assignment; for under a general assignment the bank would have to pay the draw- er's account in full and then take a dividend on the unmatured note, whereas in bankruptcy one could be set off against the other. Sometimes a question in regard to a banker's lien or right of set-off arises in regard to partnerships. Suppose a partnership debt due to a bank which has also in its hands se- curities belonging to an individual partner. May the bank apply the partner's securities to that part- nership debt, which we are assuming is matured? We should say yes, for each partner in a partner- ship owes a partnership debt, and his individual property is subject to seizure. But suppose the partner individually owed the bank a matured note; then the bank could not apply in payment securities belonging to the firm, because a firm does not owe the individual partner's debt. For the assertion of a right of lien or set-off the two claims must be in the same right ; that is, property belonging to A as NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 251 a trustee cannot be held to satisfy a claim against him personally, or if money is received for a speci- fied purpose it cannot be applied to satisfy a per- sonal liability. 469. COLLECTIONS AND TRANSITS.— A large part of the business of a bank consists in col- lecting negotiable paper for others. The duties re- quired by this work can be fully understood only by one who has some understanding both of the law of negotiable paper and of the law of agency. A col- lecting bank is an agent, and the nature of its duties require it to employ sub-agents. Generally the authority of an agent can not be delegated, but the collection of negotiable paper necessarily requires the employment of sub-agents when the paper is payable in another city than that in which the bank with which the paper was originally deposited for collection does business and therefore such employ- ment is justified. The duty of the bank in a general way may be summed up in a single sentence. It must use due diligence in seeing that paper is either paid or the parties to it charged with liability. This sentence, however, involves a good many things. In the first place the bank of deposit must select a reasonable means of collection. Frequently it is the custom of banks instead of sending paper to be collected directly to the city where it is payable, to send it by way of intermediate points. How far the bank of deposit is justified in doing this, and espe- cially how far it is justified for its own convenience 252 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS or profit in sending paper by indirect routing to the point of destination, is a matter which has not been much before the courts. The contract of the bank of deposit with its customer undoubtedly includes, as one of its terms, that the collection shall be made according to reasonable and usual banking customs. This would justify any routing which did not obvi- ously increase the normal danger of loss. Where paper is payable on time, the presentment at the place of payment must be on a fixed day. Any rout- ing which delayed presentment beyond that day when by another mode presentment might have been made on time, would subject the bank to lia- bility. Where the paper is payable on demand, the presentment must be made in a reasonable time, and the bank of deposit must not use a means of routing which will delay the arrival of the paper at the place of payment beyond a reasonable time. Further than this, it would not ordinarily be liable. A bank with which paper is deposited for collec- tion will not generally be liable if it waits until the extreme limit of time allowed by law for present- ment, even though as matters turn out payment would have been secured by immediate presentment and was lost by the slight delay which the bank made. In special cases, however, this will not be true. The bank must observe instructions given to it by its customers, and these instructions may in- clude a degree of diligence beyond that which the law would otherwise require. Moreover, if the bank NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 253 itself should get information indicating that loss would probably occur if presentment was not made with more than ordinary diligence, exceptional promptness would be required. Paper endorsed lor collection still remains equit- ably at least the property of the depositor until it is ultimately collected. Therefore if a bank fails, hav- ing in its possession paper endorsed for collection, this will not form part of the general assets of cred- itors, but will be returned to the depositor. When collection has actually been made, however, the bank is generally authorized to credit the proceeds as a mere debt. If an agent of the bank of deposit should fail without remitting the proceeds to the bank of deposit, the decisions of a few States compel the bank of deposit to make good the loss; that is, it is held liable absolutely for the default of its agent, the collecting bank; but the courts of most States do not hold the bank of deposit liable unless it was negligent in its selection of a correspondent. Where on presentment, paper deposited for col- lection is dishonored, it is the duty of the bank to charge parties secondarily liable; and failure to do so will make it liable itself to its customer. It will not be liable, however, to other parties to the instru- ment. Thus if a bank failed to charge the first in- dorser of negotiable paper and the second indorser was forced to pay, the latter has no right of action against the bank for failing to perform its duty. 254 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS CHAPTER VII Table of Corresponding Sections of the X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 N.I.L. Ala. Ariz. Col. Conn. D.C. Fla. Ida. III. Kan. Ky. M. Matt. MIeh 1 4958 3304 4464 4171 1305 2935 3458 1 4540 1897 20 18 3 2 4959 3305 4465 4172 1306 2936 3459 2 4541 1898 21 19 4 3 4960 3306 4466 4173 1307 2937 3460 3 4542 1899 22 20 5 4 4961 3307 4467 4171 1308 ; 293 8 ^ 2 9 3 9 3461 4 4543 1900 23 21 6 5 4962 3308 4468 4175 1309 2939 3462 5 4541 1901 24 22 7 6 4963 3309 4469 4176 1310 2940 3463 6 4545 1902 25 23 8 7 4965 3310 4470 4177 1312 2941 3464 7 4546 1903 26 24 9 8 4965 3311 4471 4178 1312 2942 3465 8 4547 1904 27 25 10 9 4966 3312 4472 4179 1313 2943 3466 9 4548 1905 28 26 11 10 4967 3313 4473 4180 1314 2944 3467 10 4549 1906 29 27 12 11 4968 3314 4474 4181 1315 2945 3468 11 4550 1907 30 28 13 12 4969 3315 4475 4182 1316 2946 3469 12 4551 1908 31 29 14 13 4970 3316 4476 4183 1317 2947 3470 13 4552 1909 32 30 15 14 4971 3317 4477 4184 1318 2948 3471 14 4553 1910 33 31 16 15 4972 3318 4478 4185 1319 2949 3472 15 4554 1911 34 32 17 16 4973 3319 4479 4186 1320 2950 3473 16 4555 1912 35 33 18 17 4974 3320 4480 4187 1321 2951 3474 17 4556 1913 36 34 19 18 4975 3.^21 4481 4188 1322 2952 3475 18 4557 1914 37 35 20 19 4976 3322 4482 4189 1323 2953 3476 19 4558 1915 38 36 21 20 4977 3323 4483 4190 1324 2954 3477 20 4559 1916 39 37 22 21 4978 3324 4484 4191 1325 2955 3478 21 4560 1917 40 38 23 22 4979 3325 4485 4192 1326 2956 3479 22 4561 1918 41 39 24 23 4980 3325 4486 4193 1327 2957 3480 23 4562 1919 42 40 25 24 4981 3327 4487 4194 1328 2958 3481 24 4563 1884 43 41 26 25 4982 3328 4488 4195 1329 2959 3482 25 4564 1885 44 42 27 26 4982 3329 4489 4196 1330 2960 3483 26 4565 1886 45 43 28 27 4982 33.^0 4490 4197 1331 2961 3484 27 4566 1887 46 44 29 28 4983 3331 4491 4198 1332 2962 3485 28 4567 1888 47 45 30 29 4984 3332 4492 4199 1333 2963 3486 29 4568 1889 48 46 31 30 4985 3333 4493 4200 1334 2964 3487 30 4569 1939 49 47 32 31 4986 3334 4494 4201 1335 2965 3488 31 4570 1940 50 48 33 32 4987 3335 4495 4202 1336 2966 3489 32 4571 1941 51 49 34 33 4988 3336 4496 4203 1337 2967 3490 33 4572 1942 52 50 35 34 4989 3337 4497 4204 1338 2968 3491 34 4573 1943 53 51 36 35 4990 3338 4498 4205 1339 2969 3492 35 4574 1944 54 52 37 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS CHAPTER VII 255 Law in the Various States and Territories 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Hon. N«b. N.H. N. Y. N. C, N. D. Okl. Ohio Ore, R.I. S. D. lenn Utah wis. 5849 1 1 20 2151 6303 1 3171 4403 7 1 1 1553 1675-1 5850 2 2 21 2152 6304 2 3171a 4404 8 2 2 1554 1675-2 5851 3 3 22 2153 6305 3 3171b 4405 9 3 3 1555 1675-3 5852 4 4 23 2156 6306 4 3171c 4406 10 4 4 1556 1675^ 5853 5 5 24 2154 6307 5 3171d 4407 11 5 5 1557 1675-5 5854 6 6 25 2155 6308 6 3171e 4408 12 6 6 1558 1675-6 5855 7 7 26 2157 6309 7 3171 f 4409 13 7 7 1559 1675-7 5856 8 8 27 2158 6310 8 3171g 4410 14 8 8 1560 1675-8 5857 9 9 28 2159 6311 9 3171h 4411 15 9 9 1561 1675-9 5858 10 10 29 2160 6312 10 3171 i 4412 16 10 10 1562 1675-10 5859 11 11 30 2161 6313 11 3171 j 4413 17 11 11 1563 1675-11 5860 12 12 31 2162 6314 12 3171k 4414 18 12 12 1564 1675-12 5861 13 13 32 2163 6315 13 31711 4415 19 13 13 1565 1675-13 5862 14 14 33 2164 6316 14 3171m 4416 20 14 14 1566 1675-14 5863 15 15 34 2165 6317 15 3171n 4417 21 15 15 1567 1675-15 5864 16 16 35 2166 6318 16 31710 4418 22 16 16 1568 1675-16 5865 17 17 36 2341 6319 17 3171p 4419 23 17 17 1569 1675-17 5866 18 18 37 2167 6320 18 3171q 4420 24 18 18 1570 1675-18 5867 19 19 38 2168 6321 19 3171r 4421 25 19 19 1571 1675-19 5868 20 20 39 2169 6322 20 3171s 4422 26 20 20 1572 1675-20 5869 21 21 40 2170 6323 21 3171 1 4423 27 21 21 1573 1675-21 5870 22 22 41 2180 6324 22 3171U 4424 28 22 22 1574 1675-22 5871 23 23 42 2171 6325 23 3171V 4425 29 23 23 1575 1675-23 5872 24 24 50 2172 6326 24 3171W 4426 30 24 24 1576 1675-50 5873 25 25 51 2173 6327 25 3171X 4427 31 25 25 1577 1675-51 5874 26 26 52 2174 6328 26 3171y 4428 32 26 26 1578 1675-52 5875 27 27 53 2175 6329 27 3171z 4429 33 27 27 1579 1675-53 5876 28 28 54 2176 6330 28 3172 4430 34 28 28 1580 1675-54 5877 29 29 55 2177 6331 29 3172a 4431 35 29 29 1581 1675-55 5878 30 30 60 2178 6332 30 3172b 4432 36 30 35 1582 1676 5879 31 31 61 2179 6333 31 3172c 4433 37 31 31 1583 1676-1 5880 32 32 62 2181 6334 32 3172d 4434 38 32 32 1584 1676-2 5881 33 33 63 2182 6335 33 3172e 4435 39 33 33 1585 1676-3 5882 34 34 64 2183 6336 34 3172 f 4436 40 34 34 1586 1676-4 5883 35 35 65 2184 6337 35 3172g 4437 41 35 35 1587 1676-5 256 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 18 H.I.L. Ala. Ariz. Col, Conn. D.C. Fla. Ida. III. Kan. Ky. Md. Mas. Mich 36 4991 3339 4499 4206 1340 2970 3493 36 4575 1945 55 53 38 37 4992 3340 4500 4207 1341 2971 3494 37 4576 1946 56 54 39 38 4993 3341 4501 4208 1342 2972 3495 38 4577 1947 57 55 40 39 4994 3342 4502 4209 1343 2973 3496 39 4578 1948 58 56 41 40 4995 3343 4503 4210 1344 2974 3497 40 4579 1949 59 57 42 41 4996 3344 4504 4211 1345 2975 3498 41 4580 1950 60 58 43 42 1997 3345 4505 4212 1346 2976 3499 42 4581 1951 61 59 44 43 4998 3346 4506 4213 1347 2977 3500 43 4582 1952 62 60 45 44 4999 3347 4507 4214 1348 2978 ?501 44 4583 1953 63 61 46 45 5000 3348 4508 4215 1349 2979 3502 45 4584 1954 64 62 47 46 5001 3349 4509 4216 1350 2979 3503 46 4585 1955 65 63 48 47 5002 3350 4510 4217 1351 2980 3504 47 4586 1956 66 64 49 48 5003 3351 4511 4218 1352 2981 3505 48 4587 1957 67 65 50 49 5004 3352 4512 4219 1353 2982 3506 49 4588 1958 68 66 51 50 5005 3353 4513 4220 1354 2983 3507 50 4589 1958 69 67 52 51 5006 3354 4514 4221 1355 2984 3508 51 4590 1920 70 68 53 52 5007 3255 4515 4222 1356 2985 3509 52 4591 1921 71 69 54 53 5008 3356 4516 4223 1357 2986 3510 53 4592 1922 72 70 55 54 5009 3357 4517 4224 1358 2987 3511 54 4593 1923 73 71 56 55 5019 3358 4518 4225 1359 2988 3512 55 4594 1924 74 72 57 56 5011 3359 4519 4226 1360 2989 3513 56 4595 1925 75 73 58 57 5012 3360 4520 4427 1361 2990 3514 57 4596 1926 76 74 59 58 5013 3361 4521 4228 1362 2991 3515 58 4597 1927 77 75 60 59 5014 3362 4522 4229 1363 2992 3516 59 4598 1928 78 76 61 60 5015 3363 4523 4230 1364 2993 3517 60 4599 1929 79 77 62 61 5016 3364 4524 4231 1365 2994 3518 61 4600 1930 80 78 63 62 5017 3365 4525 4232 1366 2995 3519 62 4601 1931 81 79 64 63 5018 3366 4526 4233 1367 2996 3520 63 4602 1932 82 80 65 64 5019 3367 4527 4234 1368 2947 3521 64 4603 1933 83 81 66 65 5020 3368 4528 4235 1369 2918 3522 65 4604 1934 84 82 67 66 5021 3369 4529 4236 1370 2999 3523 66 4605 1935 85 83 68 67 5022 3370 4530 4237 1371 3000 3524 67 4606 1936 86 84 69 68 5023 3371 4531 4238 1372 3001 3525 68 4607 1937 87 85 70 69 5024 3372 4532 4239 1373 3002 3526 69 4608 1938 88 86 71 70 5025 3373 4533 4240 1374 3003 3527 70 4609 1990 89 87 72 71 5026 3374 4534 4211 1375 3004 3528 71 4610 1991 90 88 73 72 5027 3375 4535 4242 1376 3005 4529 72 4611 1992 91 89 74 73 5028 3376 4536 4243 1377 3006 3530 73 4612 1993 92 90 75 74 5029 3377 4537 4244 1378 3007 3531 74 4613 1994 93 91 76 75 5030 3378 4538 4245 1379 3008 3532 75 4614 1995 94 92 77 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 257 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 ■on. Neb. N.N. N. Y. N. C. N. D. Okl. Ohio Ore. R.I. $.D. To 08 Utah wis. 5884 36 36 66 2185 6338 36 3172h 4438 42 36 36 1588 1676-6 5885 37 37 67 2186 6339 37 31721 4439 43 37 37 1589 1676-7 5886 38 38 68 2187 6340 38 3172J 4440 44 38 38 1590 1676-8 5887 39 39 69 2188 6341 39 3172k 4441 45 39 39 1591 1676-9 5888 40 40 70 2189 6342 40 31721 4442 46 40 40 1592 1676-10 5889 41 41 71 2190 6343 41 3172m 4443 47 41 41 1593 1676-11 5890 42 42 72 2191 6344 42 2173n 4444 48 42 42 1594 1676-12 5891 43 43 73 2192 6345 43 31720 4445 49 43 43 1595 1676-13 5892 44 44 74 2193 6346 44 3172p 4446 50 44 44 1596 1676 14 5893 45 45 75 2194 6347 45 3172q 4447 51 45 45 1597 1676-15 5894 46 46 76 2195 6348 46 3172r 4448 52 46 46 1598 1676-16 5895 47 47 77 2196 6349 47 3172s 4449 53 47 47 1599 1676-17 58% 48 48 78 2197 6350 48 3172t 4450 54 48 48 1600 1676-18 5897 49 49 79 2198 6351 49 3172U 4451 55 49 49 1601 1676-19 5898 50 50 80 2199 6352 50 3172V 4452 56 50 50 1602 1676-20 5899 51 51 90 2200 6353 51 3172W 4453 57 51 51 1603 1676-21 5900 52 52 91 2201 6354 52 3172X 4454 58 52 52 1604 1676-22 5901 53 53 92 2202 6355 53 3172y 4455 59 53 53 1605 1676-23 5902 54 54 93 2203 6356 54 3172Z 4456 60 54 54 1606 1676-24 5903 55 55 94 2204 6357 55 3173 4457 61 55 55 1607 1676-25 5904 56 56 95 2205 6358 56 3173a 4458 62 56 56 1608 1676-26 5905 57 57 96 2206 6359 57 3173b 4459 63 57 57 1609 1676-27 5906 58 58 97 2207 6360 57 3173c 4460 64 58 58 1610 1676-28 5907 59 59 98 2208 6361 59 3173d 4461 65 59 59 1611 1676-29 5908 60 60 110 2209 6362 60 3173e 4462 66 60 60 1612 1677 5909 61 61 111 2210 6363 61 3173f 4463 67 61 61 1613 1677-1 5910 62 62 112 2211 6364 63 3173g 4464 68 62 62 1614 1677-2 5911 63 63 113 2212 6365 63 3173h 4465 69 63 63 1615 1677-3 5912 64 64 114 2213 6366 64 31731 4466 70 64 64 1616 1677-4 5913 65 65 115 2214 6367 65 3173J 4467 71 65 65 1617 1677-5 5914 66 66 116 2215 6368 66 3173k 4468 72 66 66 1618 1677-6 5915 67 67 117 2216 6369 67 3173 1 4469 73 67 67 1619 1677-7 5916 68 68 118 2217 6370 68 3173m 4470 74 68 68 1620 1677-8 5917 69 69 119 2218 6.371 69 3173n 4471 75 69 69 1621 1677-9 5918 70 70 130 2219 6372 70 31730 4472 76 70 70 1622 1678 5919 71 71 131 2220 6373 71 3173p 4473 77 71 71 1623 1678-1 5920 72 72 132 2221 6374 72 3173q 4474 78 72 72 1624 1678-2 5921 73 73 133 2222 6375 73 3173r 4475 79 73 73 1625 1678-3 5922 74 74 134 2223 6376 74 3173s 4476 80 74 74 1626 1678-4 5923 75 75 135 2224 6377 75 3173t 4477 81 75 75 1627 1678-5 258 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 N.I.L. Ala. Ariz. Col. Conn, D.C. Fla. Ida. III. Kin. Ky. Md. Mast. Mich 76 5931 3379 4539 4246 1380 3009 .3533 76 4615 1996 95 93 78 11 5032 3380 4540 4247 1381 3010 3534 77 4616 1997 96 94 79 78 5033 3381 4541 4248 1382 3011 3535 78 4617 1998 97 95 80 79 5034 3382 4542 4549 1383 3012 3536 79 4618 1999 98 96 81 80 5035 3383 4543 4250 1384 3012 3537 80 4619 2000 99 97 82 81 5036 3384 4544 4251 1385 3013 3538 81 4620 2001 100 98 83 82 5037 3385 4545 4252 1386 3014 3539 82 4621 2002 101 99 84 83 5038 3386 4546 4253 1387 3015 3540 83 4622 2003 102 100 85 84 5038 3387 4547 4254 1388 3016 3541 84 4623 2004 103 101 86 85 5039 3388 4548 4255 1389 3017 3542 85 4624 2005 104 102 87 86 5040 3389 4549 4256 1390 3017 3543 86 4625 2006 105 103 88 87 5041 3390 4550 4257 1391 3018 3544 4626 2007 106 104 89 88 5042 3391 4551 4258 1392 3019 3545 87 4627 2008 107 105 90 89 5043 3392 4552 4259 1393 3020 3546 88 4628 1960 108 106 91 90 5044 3393 4553 4260 1394 3021 3547 89 4629 1961 109 107 92 91 5045 3394 4554 4261 1395 3022 3548 90 4630 1962 110 108 93 92 5046 3395 4555 4262 1396 3023 3549 91 4631 1963 111 109 94 93 5047 3396 4556 4263 1397 3024 3550 92 4632 1964 112 110 95 94 5047 3397 4557 4264 1398 3025 3551 93 4633 1965 113 111 96 95 5048 3398 4558 4265 1399 3026 3552 94 4634 1966 114 112 97 96 5048 3399 4559 4266 1400 3027 3553 95 4635 1967 115 113 98 97 5049 3400 4560 4267 1401 3027 3554 96 4636 1968 116 114 99 98 5050 3401 4561 4268 1402 3028 3555 97 4037 1969 117 115 100 99 5051 3402 4562 4269 1403 3029 3556 98 4638 1970 118 116 101 100 5052 3403 4563 4270 1404 3029 3557 99 4639 1971 119 117 102 101 5053 3404 4564 4271 1405 3030 3558 100 4640 1972 120 118 103 102 5054 3405 4565 4272 1406 3031 3559 101 4641 1973 121 119 104 103 5055 3406 4566 4273 1407 3031 3560 102 4642 1974 122 120 105 104 5056 3407 4567 4274 1408 3032 3561 103 4643 1975 123 121 106 105 5057 3408 4568 4275 1409 3033 3562 104 4644 1976 124 122 107 106 5056 3409 4569 4276 1410 3033 3563 105 4645 1977 125 123 108 107 5058 3410 4570 4277 1411 3034 3564 106 4646 1978 126 124 109 108 5059 3411 4571 4278 1412 3035 3565 107 4647 1979 127 125 110 109 5060 3412 4572 4279 1413 3036 3566 108 4648 1980 128 126 111 110 5060 3413 4573 4280 1414 3036 3567 109 4649 1981 129 127 112 111 5060 3414 4574 4281 1415 3036 3568 110 4650 1982 130 128 113 112 5061 3415 4575 4282 1416 3037 3569 111 4651 1983 131 129 114 113 5062 3416 4576' 4283 1417 3038 3570 112 4652 1984 132 130 115 114 5063 3417 4577 1 4284 1418 3039 3571 113 4653 1985 133 131 116 115 5064 3418 4578| 4285 1419 3039 3572 114 4654 1986 134 132 117 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 259 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 Mod. Neb. N. H. N.Y. N. C. N. D. Okl. Ohio Ore. R.I. S. D. Tenn Uiah Wis. 5924 76 76 136 2225 6378 76 3173a 4478 82 76 76 1628 1678-6 5925 77 77 137 2226 6379 77 3173v 4479 83 77 77,1629 1678-7 5926 78 78138 2227 6380 78 3173w 4480 84| 78 781630 1678 8 5927 79 79139 2228 6381 79 3173X 4481 85 79 79 1631 1678-9 5928 80 80140 2229 6382 80 3173y 4482 86 80 80 1632 1678-10 5929 81 81141 2230 6383 81 3173Z 4483 87 81 81 1633 1678-11 5930 82 82142 2231 6384 82 3174 4484! 88 821 82 1634 1678-12 5931 83 83143 2232 6385 83 3174a 4485 89 83 831635 1678-13 5932 84 84144 2233 6386 84 3174b 4486 90 84 84 1636 1678-14 5933 85 85145 2234 6387 85 3174c 4487 91 85 85 1637 1678-15 5934 86 86146 2236 6388 86 3174d 4488 92 86 86 1638 1678-16 5935 87|147 2237 6389 87 3i74e 4489 93... 87 1639 1678-17 5936 "87 88148 2238 6390 88 3174f 4490 94| 87 88 1640 1678-18 5937 88 89160 2239 6391 80 3174g 4491 85 88 89 1641 1678-19 5938 89 90161 2240 6392 90 3174h 4492 96 89 90 1642 1678-20 5939 90 91162 2241 6393 91 3174i 4493 97 90 91 1643 1678-21 5940 91 92163 2242 6394 92 3174J 4494! 98| 91 92 1644 1678-22 5941 92 93164 2243 6395 93 3174k 4495 99 92 931645 1678-23 5942 93 94165 2244 6396 94 31741 4496 100 93 941646 1678-24 5943 94 95166 2245 6397 95 3174in 4497101 94 95 1647 1678-25 5944 95 96167 2246 6398 96 3174n 4498102 95 96 1648 1678-26 5945 96 97 1 168 2247 6399 97 31740 4499 103 96 97 1649 1678-27 5946 97 98 169 2248 6400 98 3174p 4500 104 97 9811650 1678-28 5947 98 99 170 2249 6401 99 3174q 4501 105 98 991651 1678-29 5948 99 100 171 2250 6402 1001 3174r 4502 106 99 1001652 1 1678-30 5949 100 101 172 2251 6403101 3174s 4503 107 100 10l!l653 1678-31 595011011102173 2252 6404 102 3174t 4504108 101 102 1654 1678-32 5951102 103174 2253 6405 103 3174U 4505 1091021031655 1678-33 5952103104175 2254 6406104 3174V 45061101031041656 1678-34 5953 104 105 176 2255 6407 105 3174W 45071111041051657 1678-35 5954 105 106 177 2256 6408 106 3174X 4508112105,1061658 1678-36 5955 106 107 178 2257 6409 107[ 3174y 4509113106 107 1659 1678-37 5956107 108179 2258 64101081 3174Z 45101141071081660 1678-38 5957 108 109180 2259 6411 109 3175 4511115108 1091661 1678-39 5958109110|181 2260 6412 110 3175a 4512 116109jll0jl662 1678-40 5959!ll0 111182 2261 6413111 3175b 4513 117!ll0 111 1663 1678-41 5960111112183 2262 6414 112 3175c 4514 118111112 1664 1678-42 5961 112113184 2263 6415 113 3175d 4515 119112 1131665 1678-43 5962 113|114;185 2264 6416114 3175e 4516 120 113 114 1665X 1678-44 5963 114 H5jl86 2265 6417115 3l75f 4517 121 1141151665x1 1678-45 260 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 N.I.L. All. Ariz. Col. Conn. DC. Fla. Ida. III. Kan. Ky. Md. 135 Mats. 133 Mich. 116 5065 3419 4579 4286 1420 3039 3573115 4655 1987 118 117 5066 3420 4580 4287 1421 3040 3574|ll6 4656 1988 136 134 119 118 5067 3421 4581 4288 1422 3041 35751117 4657 1989 137 135 120 119 5068 3422 4582 4289 1423 3042 3576118 4658 1890 138 136 121 120 5069 3423 4683 4290 1424 3042 3577119 4659 1891 139 137 122 121 5070 3424 4584 4291 1425 3043 3578120 4660 1892 140 138 123 122 5071 3425 4585 4292 1426 3044 3579 121 4661 1893 141 139 124 123 5072 3426 4586 4293 1427 3045 3580 j 122 4662 1894 142 140 125 124 5073 3427 4587 4294 1428 3046 3581123 4663 1895 143 141 126 125 5074 3428 4588 4295 1429 3046 3582124 4664 1896 144 142 127 126 5075 3429 4589 4296 1430 3047 3583 125 4665 1826 145 143 128 127 5076 3430 4590 4297 1431 3047 3584 126 4666 1827 146 144 129 128 5077 3431 4591 4298 1432 3047 35851127 4667 1828 147 145 130 129 5078 3432 4592 4299 1433 3048 3586128 4668 1829 148 146 131 130 5079 3433 4593 4300 1434 3049 3587 129 4669 1830 149 147 132 131 5080 3434 4594 4301 1435 3050 3588 130 4670 1831 150 148 133 132 5081 3435 4595 4302 1436 3051 3589 131 4671 1832 151 149 134 133 5082 3436 4596 4303 1437 3051 3590 132 4672 1833 152 150 135 134 5083 3437 4597 4304' 1438 3051 3591 133 4673 1834 153 151 136 135 5084 3438 4598 43051 1439 3052 3592;i34| 4674 1 1 1835 154 152 137 136 5085 3439 4599 4306 1440 3053 3593.135 4675 1836 155 153 138 137 5086 3440 4600 4307 1441 3054 35941 . . . 4676 1837 156 154 139 138 5087 3441 4601 4308 1442 3055 3595 136 4677 1838 157 155 140 139 5088 3442 46021 4309 1443 3056 3596 138 4678 1839 158 156 141 140 5089 3443 4603 4310 1444 3056 3597 139 4679 1840 159 157 142 141 5090 3444 4604 4311 1445 3056 3598 140 4680 1841 160 158 143 142 5091 3445 4605 4312 1446 3057 3599 141 4681 1842 161 159 144 143 5092 3446 4606 4313 1447 3058 3600,142 4682 1843 162 160 145 144 5093 3447 4607 4314 1448 3059 3601 143 4683 1844 163 161 146 145 5094 3448 4608 4315 1449 3060 3602144 4684 1845 164 162 147 146 5094 3449 4609 4316 1450 3061 3603145 4685 1846 165 163 148 147 5095 3450 4610 43171 1451 3062 3604 146 4686 1847 166 164 149 148 5095 3451 4611 4318 1452 3062 3605 147 4687 1848 167 165 150 149 5097 3452 4612 4319 1453 3063 36061 148 4688 1849 168 166 151 150 5098 3453 4613 4320 1454 3063 3607 149 4689 1850 169 167 152 151 5099 3454 4614 4321 1455 3064 3608 150 4690 1851 170 168 153 152 5100 3455 4615 4322 1456 3065 3609151 4691 1875 171 169 154 153 5101 3456 4616 4323 1457 3066 3610152 4692 1876 172 170 155 154 5102 3457 4617 4324 1458 3066 3611153 4693 1877 173 171 156 156 5103 3458 4618 4325 1459 3067 3612154 4694 1873 174 172 157 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 261 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Mon. Ns. N.H. N.Y. N.C. II. D. Oki. Ohio Ore. R.I. S.D. Tenn Utah wit. 5964 115 116 187 2266 6418 116 3175g 4518 122 115 116 1665x2 1678 46 5965 116 117 188 2267 6419 117 3175h 4519 123 116 117 1665x3 1678-47 5966 117 118 189 2268 6420 118 31751 4520 124 117 118 1665x4 1678-48 5967 118;il9i200 2269 6421 119 3175J 4521 125 118 119 1665x5 1679 5968 119 120 201 2270 6422 120 3175k 4522 126 119 120 1665x6 1679-1 5969 120 121 202 2271 6423 121 31751 4523 127 120 121 1665x7 1679-2 5970 121 122 203 2272 6424 122 3175m 4524 128 121 122 1665x8 1679-3 5971 122 123 204 2273 6425 123 3175n 4525 129 122 123 1665x9 1679-4 5972 123 124 205 2274 6426 124 31750 4526 130 123 124 1665x10 1679-5 5973 124 125 206 2275 6427 125 3175p 4527 131 124 125 1665x11 1679-6 5974 125 126 210 2276 6428 126 3175q 4528 132 125 126 1664x12 1680 5975 126 127 211 2277 6429 127 3175r 4529 133 126 127 1665x13 1680a 5976 127 128 212 2278 6430 128 3175s 4530 134 127 128 1665x14 1680b 5977 128 129 213 2279 6431 129 3175t 4531 135 128 139 1665x15 1680c 5978 129130 214 2280 6432 130 3175U 4532 136 129 130 1665x16 1680d 5979 130131 215 2281 6433 131 3175V 4533 137 130 131 1665x17 1680e 5980 131 132 220 2282 6434 132 3175W 4534 138 131 132 1665x18 1680f 5981 132 133 221 2283 6435 133 3175X 4535 139 132 183 1665x19 1680g 5982 133 134 222 2284 6436 134 3175y 4536 140 133 134 1665x20 1680h 5983 134 135 223 2285 6437 135 3175Z 4537 141 134 135 1665x21 16801 5984 135 136 224 2286 6438 136 3176 4538 142 135 136 1665x22 1680J 5985 136 137 225 2287 6439 137 3176a 4539 143 137 1665x23 1680k 5986 137 138 226 2288 6440 138 3176b 4540 144 136 138 1665x24 16801 5987 138 139 227 2289 6441 139 3176c 4541 145 137 139 1665x25 1680m 5988 139 140 228 2290 6442 140 3176d 4542 146 138 140 1665x26 1680n 5989 140 141 229 2291 6443 141 3176e 4543 147 139 141 1665x27 1680O 5990 141 142 230 2292 6444 142 3176 f 4544 148 140 142 1665x28 1680p 5991 142 143 240 2293 6445 143 3176g 4545 149 141 143 1665x29 1681 5992 143 144 241 2294 6446 144 3176h 4546 150 142 144 1665x30 1681-1 5993 144 145 242 2295 6447 145 3176 i 4547 151 143 145 1665x31 1681-2 , 5994 145 146 243 2296 6448 146 3176 j 4548 152 144 146 1665x32 1681-3 5995 146 147 244 2297 6449 147 3176k 4549 153 145 147 1665x33 1681-4 5996 147 148 245 2298 6450 148 31761 4550 154 146 148 1665x35 1681-5 5997 148 149 246 2299 6451 149 3176m 4551 155 147 149 1665x35 1681-6 5998 149 150 247 2300 6452 150 3176n 4552 156 148 150 1665x36 1681-7 5999 150 151 248 2301 6453 151 31760 4553 157 149 151 1665x37 1681-8 6000 151 152 260 2302 6454 152 3176p 4554 158 150 152 1665x38 1681-9 6001 152 153 261 2303 6455 153 3176q 4555 159 151 153 1665x39 1681-10 6002 153 154 262 2304 6456 154 3176r 4556 160 152 154 1665x40 1681-11 6003 154 155 263 2305 6457 155 3176s 4557 161 153 155 1665x41 1681-12 262 NEGOTIAMLE INSTRUMENTS X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 N.I.L. Ala. Ariz. Col. Conn. D.C. Fla. Ida. III. Kan. Ky. Md. Matt. Mich. 156 5104 3459 4619 4326 1460 3067 3613 155 4695 1879 175 173 158 157 5105 3460 4620 4327 1461 3068 3614 156 4696 1880 176 174 159 158 5106 3461 4621 4328 1462 3069 3615 157 4697 1881 177 175 160 159 5107 3462 4622 4329 1463 3070 3616 158 4698 1882 178 176 161 160 5108 3463 4623 4330 1464 3071 3617 159 4699 1883 179 177 162 161 5109 3464 4624 4331 1465 3073 3618 160 4700 1852 180 178 163 162 5110 3465 4625 4332 1466 3074 3619 161 4701 1853 181 179 164 163 5111 3466 4626 4333 1467 3075 3620 162 4702 1854 182 180 165 164 5112 3467 4627 4334 1468 3076 3621 163 4703 1855 183 181 166 165 5113 3468 4628 4335 1469 3076 3622 164 4704 1856 184 182 167 166 5114 3469 4629 4336 1470 3077 3623 165 4705 1857 185 183 168 167 5115 3470 4630 4337 1471 3078 3624 166 4706 1858 186 184 169 168 5116 3471 4631 4338 1472 3079 3625 167 4707 1859 187 185 170 169 5117 3472 4632 4339 1473 3080 3626 168 4708 1860 188 186 171 170 5118 3473 4633 4340 1474 3081 3627 169 4709 1861 189 187 172 171 5119 3474 4634 4341 1475 3082 3628 170 4710 1868 190 188 173 172 5120 3475 4635 4342 1476 3082 3629 171 4711 1869 191 189 174 173 5120 3476 4636 4343 1477 3083 3630 172 4712 1870 192 190 175 174 5121 3477 4637 4344 1478 3084 3631 173 4713 1871 193 191 176 175 5122 3478 4638 4345 1479 3085 3632 174 4714 1872 194 192 177 176 5123 3479 4639 4346 1480 3086 3633 175 4715 1873 195 193 178 177 5124 3480 4640 4347 1481 3086 3634 176 4716 1874 196 194 170 178 5125 3481 4641 4348 1482 3087 3635 177 4717 1862 197 195 180 179 5126 3482 4642 4 "49 1483 3088 3636 178 4718 1863 198 196 181 180 5127 3483 4643 4350 1484 3089 3637 179 4719 1864 199 197 182 181 5128 3484 4644 4?5I 1485 3090 3638 180 4720 1865 200 198 183 182 5129 3485 4645 4352 1486 3091 3639 181 4721 1866 201 199 184 183 5130 3486 4646 4353 1487 3092 3640 182 4722 1867 202 200 185 184 5031 3487 4647 4.354 1488 3093 3641 183 4723 2009 203 201 186 185 5032 3487 4648 4355 1489 3094 3642 184 4724 2010 204 202 187 186 5033 3487 4649 4356 1490 3095 3643 185 4725 2011 205 203 188 187 5034 3487 4650 4357 1491 3096 3644 186 4726 2012 206 204 189 188 5035 3487 4651 4358 1492 3097 3645 187 4727 2013 207 205 190 189 5036 3487 4652 4359 1493 3098 3646 188 4728 2014 208 206 191 190 5037 4653 2934 3647 189 4533 13 ... 1 191 5038 3487 4654 4170 1304 2934 3648 190 4534 1820 14 207 2 192 5039 3488 4655 4170 1304 2934 3649 191 4535 1821 15 208 2 193 5040 3489 4656 4170 1304 2934 3650 192 4536 1822 16 209 2 194 5041 ^90 4657 4170 1304 2934 3651 193 4537 1823 17 210 2 195 5042 . . . . 4658 4170 1304 3652 194 4538 1824 18 211 2 196 5043 3491 4659 4170 1304 2934 3653 195 4539 • • • • 19 212 2 197 196 . . . . • • • • 19 . • • .,, 198 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 263 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 Mo. Neb. N.H. N.Y. N.C. N.D. Okl. Ohio Ore. R.I. S.D. Tenn Utah wit. 6004 155 156 264 2306 6458 156 3176 1 4558 162 154 156 1665x42 1681-13 6005 156 157 265 2307 6459 157 3176U 4559 163 155 157 1665x43 1681-14 6006 157 158 266 2308 6460 158 3176V 4560 164 156 158 1665x44 1681-15 6007 158 159 267 2309 6461 159 3176W 4561 165 157 159 1665x45 1681-16 6008 159 160 268 2310 6462 160 3176x 4562 166 158 160 1665x46 1681-17 6009 160 161 280 2311 6463 161 3176y 4563 167 159 161 1665x47 1681-18 6010 161 162 281 2312 6464 162 3176Z 4564 168 160 162 1665x48 1681-19 6011 162 163 282 2313 6465 163 3177 4565 169 161 163 1665x49 1681-20 6012 163 164 283 2314 6466 164 3177a 4566 170 162 164 1665x50 1681-21 6013 164 165 284 2315 6467 165 3177b 4567 171 163 165 1665x51 1681-22 6014 165 166 285 2316 6468 166 3177c 4568 172 164 166 1665x52 1681-23 6015 166 167 286 2317 6469 167 3177d 4569 173 165 167 1665x53 1681-24 6016 167 168 161 2318 6470 168 3177e 4570 174 166 168 1665x54 1681-25 6017 168 169 288 2319 6471 169 3177 f 4571 175 167 169 1665x55 1681-26 6018 169 170 289 2320 6472 170 3177g 4572 176 168 170 1665x56 1681-27 6019 170 171 300 2321 6473 171 3177h 4573 177 169 171 1665x57 1681-28 6020 171 172 301 2322 6474 172 3177 i 4574 178 170 172 1665x58 1681-29 6021 172 173 302 2323 6475 173 3177 j 4575 179 171 173 1665x59 1681-30 6022 173 174 303 2324 6476 174 3177k 4576 180 172 174 1665x60 1681-31 6023 174 175 304 2325 6477 175 31771 4577 181 173 175 1665x61 1681-32 6024 175 176 305 2326 6478 176 3177m 4578 182 174 176 1665x62 1681-33 6025 176 177 306 2327 6479 177 3177n 4579 183 175 177 1665x63 1681-34 6026 177 178 310 2328 6480 178 31770 4580 184 176 178 1665x64 1681-35 6027 178 179 311 2329 6481 179 3177p 4581 185 177 179 1665x65 1681-36 6028 179 180 312 2330 6482 180 3177q 4582 186 178 180 1665x66 1681-37 6029 180 181 313 2331 6483 181 3177r 4583 187 179 181 1665x67 1681-38 6030 181 182 314 2332 6484 182 3177s 4584 188 180 182 1665x68 1681-39 6031 182 183 315 2333 6485 183 3177 1 4585 189 181 183 1665x69 1681-40 6032 183 184 320 2334 6486 184 3177U 4586 190 182 184 1665x70 1684 6033 184 185 321 2335 6487 185 3177V 4587 191 183 185 1665x71 1684-1 6034 185 186 322 2336 6488 186 3177w 4588 192 184 186 1665x72 1684-2 6035 185 187 323 2337 6489 187 3177X 4589 193 185 187 1665x73 1684 3 6036 187 188 324 2338 6490 188 3177y 4590 194 186 188 1665x74 1684-4 6037 188 189 325 2339 6491 189 3177Z 4591 195 187 189 1 165x75 1684-5 5482 1 . . . . 6492 I 4592 188 73 1665x76 5843 189 190 2 2340 6493 3178 4592 1 189 1665X77 1675 5844 190 191 3 2342 6494 3178a 4592 2 190 2| 16615x78 1675 5845 191 192 4 2343 6495 3178b 4592 3 191 1665X79 1675 5846 192 193 5 6495 3178c 4592 4 192 ° a to . 1665X80 1675 5847 193 194 6 2345 6497 3178d 4593 5 193 2-T3 1665X81 1675 5848 194 197 198 195 196 196 7 2344 6498 I 190 3178e 4594 6 194 O i3 1665x82 1675 1684-7 264 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS (X) In the following States, the numbering of the sections (in some cases the sub-sections) is the same as that of the commissioners' draft in the first column: IOWA.— Code Supl. (1%7), Tit. XV., sec. 3060a. LOUISIANA.— Laws of 1904, Act. 64. MINNESOTA.— Laws of 1913, c. 272. MISSOURI.— Laws of 1905, page 243; Annot. Sts. (1906), ch. 5, sec. 463. NEVADA. Laws of 1907, ch. 62. NEW JERSEY.— Laws of 1902, ch. 184. NEW MEXICO.— Laws of 1907, ch. 83. PENNSYLVANIA.— Laws of 1901, page 194. VERMONT.— Laws of 1913, c. 99. VIRGINIA.— Laws of 1897-8, ch. 866; Code (1904) ch. 133a, sec. 2841a. WASHINGTON.— Laws of 1899, ch. 149. WEST VIRGINIA.— Acts of 1907, ch. 81. WYOMING.— Laws of 1905, ch. 43. HAWAII.— Laws of 1907, ch. 89. Code 1907, ch. 115. R. S. 1901, Tit. XLIX. R. S. 1908, ch. XCV. G. S. 1902, Tit. 33, ch. 234. Code 1902, ch. XLVI. G. S. 1906, Tit. 5, ch. 2. Rev. Codes, 1908, Tit. 13. Laws of 1907, page 403. G. S. 1905, ch. 70. Sts. (1909), Art. 9. Pub. Gen. Laws, 1904, Art. 13. R. L. 1902, ch. 73. Pub. Acts., 1905, page 389. Civ. Code, 1907, Tit. XV. Comp. Sts. 1907, ch. 41. Laws of 1909, ch. 123. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 265 (17) Consol. Laws, ch. XXXVIII. (18) R. S. 1908, ch. 54. (19) Rev. Codes, 1905, ch. 90. (20) Laws of 1909, ch. XXIV. (21) Anno. Sts. 1787-1908, Tit. 1, Div. 2, ch. 2. (22) Anno. Codes and Cts. 1902, Tit. XXXVIII. (23) Gen. Laws 1909, Tit. XIX. (24) Laws of 1913. (25) Code Supl. 1897-1903. (26) Comp. Sts. 1907, Tit. 53. (26) Comp. Sts. 1907, Tit. 53. (27) Sts. Supl, 1899-1906, ch. 78. CHAPTER VIII Practical Exercises In connection with ''Negotiable Instruments" the following practical exercises are prescribed: 1. A having a claim for $100 against B writes: "I assign my claim for $100 against B to C or order" and gives the paper to C, who pays value for it. B becomes insolvent subsequently. Can C demand payment from A? 2. A promissory note, in ordinary form, con- tains the following addition: "This note is given for legal services to be rendered by the payee." Is this note negotiable? 3. A promise dated and signed is in this form : "I promise to pay A or order what I now owe A." As- suming that the signer owes A $100 at the time this instrument is delivered, is it negotiable? 4. Is the following instrument negotiable: "I promise to pay A or order $100 with exchange on New York and costs of collection. B."? 5. A note is payable to the order of A "when the Panama Exposition opens." Is the note negotia- ble? 6. A collateral note, payable Jan. 1, 1914, con- tains a power to declare the note due at any time the holder shall feel insecure and to sell the collat- eral and apply the proceeds towards the payment of the note. Is this note negotiable? 266 ^ NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 267 7. After a note had been discounted at a bank and before its maturity the bank demanded further security. In compliance with this demand the maker brought his friend A to the bank who there- upon signed the note on the back. At maturity, the note being dishonored by the maker and notice sent to the endorser, is the endorser liable? 8. A wishing to make a Christmas present to his brother makes and delivers to him on Dec. 24th a promissory note signed by himself (A). Is A liable on this note at maturity? 9. A wishing to make a Christmas present to his brother B gives him on Christmas Day a note pay- able to bearer signed by C which A had received from C in payment for a horse. Can B enforce this note at maturity against C? 10. A lawyer who had done certain work for A sent A a bill for $1,000. A returned by mail his check for $500, on which was written "this check is in full payment for all my indebtedness to date." The lawyer took the check and cashed it but wrote at once to A : "I credit you with the amount of your check and enclose herewith my bill for the remain- ing $500 due me." Assuming that $1,000 was a reasonable charge for the lawyer's services can he recover the remaining $500? 11. On the maturity of a note for $100 made by A, A sent the holder a check for $90, on which was written: "This check is in full payment for my note." The holder of the note cashed the check but 268 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS wrote at once to A : "I credit you with the amount of your check and now demand payment for the remaining $10 due upon the note." Can the holder recover the remaining $10? 12. The holder of a time bill fails to present it for acceptance. Is the drawer discharged? 13. When does certification of a check discharge the drawer and endorsers? 14. A bank cashes a check drawn upon it and later discovers that the drawer's name is forged. Can the bank recover the amount paid from the payee of the check who receives payment? 15. A note is payable to a person who afterwards becomes insane and is put under guardianship. (Such a person has no capacity to sign or endorse negotiable paper or make other contracts.) The in- sane payee endorses and delivers the note to X, who presents it for payment to the maker. Is the maker bound to pay? 16. A note is made payable to a corporation, which is not authorized by law to endorse negotia- ble paper, but does in fact endorse the note to a holder in due course. Can the latter recover from the maker? 17. "I assign this instrument." Is this an en- dorsement when written on the back of the note by the holder? 18. What difference in the rights of parties does it make whether an assignment upon a note is an endorsement or not? NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 269 19. If a bank having funds to meet a check re- fuses to pay it without excuse, is it liable to the holder of the check? 20. A check is endorsed for collection and depos- ited in a bank which fails and goes into the hands of a receiver before the check is collected. The depositor demands a return of the check. The re- ceiver claims the right merely to credit its amount on the depositor's account on which a dividend will ultimately be paid. Which contention is right? 21. A sells a note of which he is the payee and endorses it without recourse for value to B. The maker's signature was forged though A had no knowledge of the fact. Is A liable to B ? 22. A borrows money from a bank on his note endorsed by B and C, both of whom signed for A's accommodation. B's signature was above C's. A failed to pay the note at maturity and on receiving notice of the dishonor B paid the holder the amount of the note. Can B recover all or any of his pay- ment from C ? 23. An instrument payable to bearer was spec- ially endorsed* to A and by A was transferred by delivery. Can the maker demand from the holder A's endorsement before making payment? 24. A check payable to bearer was lost by the owner and a finder transferred it for value to one who took it in good faith. Can the original owner reclaim the check from this holder? 25. A check intended to be payable to John Y. 270 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS Brown and which was delivered to him by the drawer was on its face made payable to Jonathan Y. Browne. Can the drawee bank safely pay this check and if so, what form of endorsement should be made? 26. A check made payable to James Smith comes into the hands of a person of that name who was not intended to be the payee. He presents the check to the drawee bank and being known as James Smith obtains payment. Can the bank charge this payment to the customer's account? 27. A note is made payable to A and B. A en- dorses his own name and also B's and sells the note to a purchaser who buys in good faith. Can the latter collect from the maker? 28. By cleverly substituting a promissory note for a letter of introduction A induced B to sign a note payable to A's order when B supposed that he was merely signing a letter. A transferred the note to a holder in due course. Is B liable upon it? 29. A bank pays a check with a forged endorse- ment. What are its rights? 30. A bank pays a raised check. What are its rights? 31. A added to a note payable to him "with cur- rent exchange on New York," supposing errone- ously that this exchange had been agreed to by the maker. What are A's rights against the maker on maturity of the note? NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 271 32. Is there any objection to buying negotiable paper from one who is not of age? 33. How may a negotiable instrument be dis- charged? 34. The maker of a note pays it before maturity but fails to take it up. Later the holder fraudulently sells and endorses the note to an innocent purchaser for value. What are his rights? 35. Does payment by an endorser discharge a negotiable instrument? 36. An instrument is issued with a blank for the amount. An amount is filled in., in excess of that authorized by the maker and when the amount is thus filled in, the note is discounted by a bank which took it in good faith before maturity but with knowledge that a blank had been filled in. What are the rights of the bank? 37. A, by false representations, induced B to make a note payable to him and he thereupon de- posited it as collateral security at a bank to secure an old indebtedness. What is the liability of the maker of the note to the bank at maturity. 38. A, by threats and fraud, induced B to make a note payable to C for a debt due to C from B. C was ignorant until after he received the note of A's threats and fraud. Is B liable on the note? 39. A writes out a form of note payable to bearer and puts it in his safe intending to get it discounted the following day. It is stolen from his safe and 272 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS sold to a holder in due course. Can he recover on the note? 40. A gave a note in payment for a horse, which died before it was delivered to A. Is A liable on the note? 41. A holder of a note says to an endorser: "I discharge you from all liability on that note." Later the holder seeks to recover payment from the en- dorser. Can he do so? 42. The holder of a note before its maturity gives a written release to the maker from all liability. Thereafter he transfers the note to a holder in due course. Can the holder recover from the maker? 43. A makes a check payable to B for $5. Owing to spaces left blank by A, B, by writing "hundred" after the word "five" and two zeros after the figure "five", makes the check seem to have been written originally for $500. The drawee bank pays the check. Can it charge its customer for the payment? 44. A and B make a note which begins "We sev- erally promise to pay," etc. Before maturity of the note the payee gives a release from liability to A. Can he thereafter recover from B ? 45. A and B sign a note beginning as follows: "We jointly and severally promise to pay." The payee gives A a release from liability before matur- ity. Can the holder recover from B? 46. A and B make a note beginning as follows: "We jointly promise to pay", etc. The payee gives NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 273 A a release from liability. Can he afterwards hold B? 47. The holder of a note made by A and B jointly recovers judgment against them. Must he collect half the claim on the judgment from each maker? 48. The holder of an endorsed note, which had been dishonored at maturity and the endorser charged, enters into a contract with the endorser that he, the holder, will not require payment from the endorser for two months. Does this agreement affect the liability of the maker? 49. A savings bank holds a note signed by A as principal and B and C as sureties. A has deposited with the bank certain collateral security. Later de- siring to use this collateral A gets the bank to ac- cept instead other collateral of greater value. At maturity the note is unpaid and A is insolvent. Can the bank hold B and C? 50. How can one always safely discharge any party to a negotiable instrument without discharg- ing the others? 51. The maker of a note has a claim in set-off against the payee by virtue of another debt. The payee of the note transfers it for value after matur- ity to one who has no knowledge of this claim in set-off. Can the maker when sued by the holder of the note set up his cross claim against the payee? 52. An oral agreement is made when a note is discounted that it need not be paid at maturity but 274 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS will be extended. Can this oral agreement be urged as a defence to a suit on the note at maturity? 53. A note made Jan. 5, 1913, is payable in thirty days. On what day should it be presented in order to charge endorsers? 54. When may an action at law on this note first be brought against the maker? 55. Suppose the note referred to in the preceding two questions had been procured by fraud and was presented on the morning of Feb. 4th and dishon- ored and later in the day was sold to a bona fide pur- chaser for value, without notice. Can he enforce it? 56. The holder of a time note, after maturity, en- dorses the note to A. What, if anything, must A do in order to charge this endorser? 57. Suppose the holder of a check negligently fails to cash it for a year and the bank on which it is drawn refuses payment because it is so old. Has the holder any right against the drawer? 58. A note with four endorsers is dishonored and the endorsers duly notified. May the holder obtain part payment from any one without discharging others? 59. A promissory note provides for the payment of interest at 4%. The legal rate is 6%. If the note is dishonored at maturity at what rate will in- terest be calculated after that date? 60. A note payable on demand contains no state- ment in regard to interest. It is dated Jan. 5, 1913, delivered Jan. 10th and presented for payment Jan. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 275 25th and then dishonored. From which, if any, of these dates, will interest begin to run? 61. What is meant by re-exchange? 62. How may a party to a negotiable instrument payable on demand, or overdue, stop further inter- est? 63. A bill of exchange is payable ten days after sight. The payee holds it for three months and then presents it for acceptance which is refused and the drawer is promptly notified. Is the drawer lia- ble? 64. Where should an instrument be presented which states no place of payment? 65. Suppose the maker of a note writes before maturity : "It is no use to present that note, I shall not pay it." Is the endorser liable without present- ment being made to the maker? 66. After maturity of a negotiable instrument a discharged endorser promises the holder to waive the lack of diligence in discharging him. Is he there- upon liable? 67. Before maturity an endorser says to the holder: "You need make no presentment of that note to the maker at m.aturity ; I waive the present- ment." No presentment was made, the note was unpaid and no notice of its non-payment was sent to the endorser. Is the endorser discharged? 68. The maker of an endorsed note absconded shortly before maturity thereby excusing present- ment. No notice of the failure to pay the instru- 276 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS ment at maturity was sent to the endorser. Is the endorser liable? 69. The holder of an endorsed note gives no notice of its dishonor but the last endorser notifies a prior endorser seasonably that the note was dis- honored. What are the holder's rights against the endorsers? 70. An endorsed note is dishonored at maturity. The endorser though not notified by the holder knew that the note was dishonored immediately after the dishonor took place. Is the endorser liable to the holder? 71. Notice of the dishonor sent to an endorser by mail, properly addressed and stamped, fails to reach him through fault of the Post Office. Is the en- dorser charged? 72. Notice sent promptly by telegram, prepaid, properly addressed, failed to reach the endorser, through fault of the telegraph company. Is the en- dorser charged? 73. What is the latest time that notice of dis- honor may be effectively sent to an indorser living in another city, when a note is dishonored on Thursday, December 24th? 74. Suppose a check is not presented promptly. When presented it is dishonored and notice is promptly sent to the drawer and indorsers. Are they liable? 75. What instruments must be protested in order to charge parties secondarily liable? NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 277 76. Why is it often advisable to protest instru- ments when protest is not required by the law? 77. A is a holder in due course of the third part of a set of foreign bills of exchange. B by a subse- quent purchase is a holder in due course of the first part. The drawee refuses to pay either A or B and both A and B seasonably give notice of dishonor to the drawer. To whom is he liable ? 78. When does the statute of limitations begin to run on a demand note? 79. When does the statute of limitations begin to run on a note dated August 1, 1913, payable in two months? 80. Suppose a note falls due at a bank and is not paid? May the bank refuse to honor the maker's checks though covered by sufficient deposits, and apply the deposit account to the payment of the note? 81. A owed two notes to a bank, one of which only was secured by collateral. The secured note fell due and being unpaid the bank sold the collat- eral, realizing a larger sum than the amount of the note. A then went into bankruptcy, the second^ note not yet being due. Can the bank hold the ex- cess realized from sale of the collateral and credit it on the unsecured note? 82. Can a bank insist on a customer endorsing a check drawn on it, payable to cash? 83. A bank paid a forged check and in good faith charged it to its customer's account, returning 278 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS to him with his cancelled checks the forged check at the end of the month. The customer fails to dis- cover the forgery for two years. Can he then suc- cessfully demand that the bank shall give him credit for the amount of it? 84. A forged check was cashed by a bank on which it was not drawn. Can it recover the pay- ment? 85. A forged check was deposited in a bank on which it was not drawn and was collected by that bank from the drawee bank. What are the rights of the parties when the forgery is discovered soon afterwards? « 86. A check made payable to two trustees was indorsed by one of them on behalf of himself and co-trustee. Should the drawee bank pay the check? 87. A check made payable to two persons who are partners was indorsed by one of them on behalf of himself and co-partner. Should the drawee bank pay the check? 88. Is the maker of a note who signed it when he was intoxicated liable upon it? 89. A forged signature on a note was shown to B and he was asked if the signature was his. He said it was, supposing this to be the fact. Later, on presentment of the note for payment, B discovers the forgery and refuses to pay the note. Under what circumstances, if any, would B be liable? 90. A depositor had an account in the First Na- tional Bank and also in the Fourth National Bank, NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 279 and checks on the two which were similar in ap- pearance. By mistake a check drawn by him on the Fourth National Bank is presented to the First Na- tional Bank, paid and cancelled by it. What are the rights of the First National Bank? 91. A drawee bank pays a check after the bank- ruptcy of the depositor, in ignorance of the bank- ruptcy. What are its rights and liabilities? 92. A check is cashed by the bank on which it is drawn and later it is discovered that the drawer's account was insufficient to meet the payment. What are the rights of the bank? 93. A check is deposited in the bank on which it is drawn and is credited to the depositor's account. Later it is discovered that the drawer's account was insufficient to meet the check. What are the rights of the bank? 94. On the back of a note at the top are the words "Waiving demand and notice." Below are the names of several indorsers. Must presentment to the maker be made and notice sent to any or all of these indorsers necessary to charge them? 95. On a bill of exchange are written the words "protest waived." Is presentment and notice nec- essary to charge the drawer? 96. Suppose the maker of a note is dead when it matures. What would you do to charge indorsers? 97. Suppose the indorser of a note is dead at its maturity, what wonld you do to charge his estate? 280 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 98. A father gives a note for his son's debt and when called on to pay, refuses on the ground that he received no consideration for his signature. Is he liable? 99. Define a qualified indorsement. I 100. Define an anomalous or irregular indorse- ment. INSTRUCTIONS.— In City Chapter Classes the foregoing questions are to be used in connection with the respective subjects to which they apply. Correspondence Chapter students will submit an- swers to all of the foregoing questions at the same time. INDEX To the Negotiable Instruments Law [The figures refer to the sections of the statute, not to the paragraphs of the text. The comment under the respec- tive sections of the statute may be found from the index by- reference to the paragraphs following the sections of the statute referred to.] ABSOLUTE DEFENCE (See DEFENCE) ACCEPTANCE, meanings of, 191, 132. how made on bill, 132, 133. by separate instrument, 134. of non-existing bill, 135. time allowed for, 136. by destruction or detention of bill, 137. of incomplete, overdue, or dishonored bill, 138. of bills in a set, 181. general or qualified, 139, 140. to pay at particular place, 140. forms of qualified, 141. qualified, rights of parties, 142. ACCEPTANCE FOR HONOR, when, by whom, and for what sum may be made, 161. how made, 162. for whom made, 161, 163. liability of acceptor for honor, 164, 165. maturity of bill payable after sight accepted for honor, 166. protest of bill accepted for honor, 167. presentment for payment, 168. delay in presentment excused when, 169. protest of dishonored, 170. 281 282 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS ACCEPTOR, engagement and admissions of, 62. charged without presentment, 70. ACCOMMODATION INSTRUMENT, discharged by pay- ment by accommodated party, 119. liability of accommodation party, 29. accommodated party paying may not reissue, 121. ACTION, meaning of, 191. AGENT, signature by, 19, 23. when personally liable, 20. signature "by procuration," 21. negotiating instrument liable when, 69. (See NOTICE OF DISHONOR.) ALTERATION, effect of material, 124. rights of holder in due course, 124. as a defence, 55. what alterations material, 125. AMBIGUOUS INSTRUMENT, construction of, 17. ANTECEDENT DEBT, constitutes value, 25. ANTEDATED INSTRUMENT, not invalid, 12. when title acquired, 12. ASSIGNMENT, bill is not of itself, 127. check is not of itself, 189. ATTORNEY'S FEE, provision for, 2. BANK, meaning of, 191. making payable at, equivalent to order to pay, 87. presentment of instrument payable at, 75. not liable on check unless accepted or certified, 189. BANKER'S LIEN, supplementary paragraphs. BANKRUPTCY, of holder, a defence, 55. BEARER, meaning of, 191. negotiable instrument payable to, 1, 9. instrument payable to, indorsed specially, 40. BILL, meaning of, 191. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 283 BILL OF EXCHANGE, defined, 126. same as bill, 191. ambiguous instrument treated as bill or note, 17. not of itself an assignment, 127. may be addressed to two or more drawers, 128. inland and foreign, 129. when, may be treated as promissory note, 130. BILLS IN A SET, constitute one bill, 178. different parts negotiated, rights of holder, 179. (See ACCEPTANCE, DISCHARGE, INDORSER, PAYMENT.), BLANKS, who may fill, 13, 14. effect when delivered instrument improperly filled, 14. when undelivered instrument improperly filled, 15. BONDS, public or corporation, liability of person negotiat- ing, 65. BROKER, negotiating instrument, liability of, 69. BURDEN OF PROOF, when title of transfer or defec- tive, 59. CANCELLATION, of instrument as discharge, 119. of signature, 120. unintentional, by mistake or without authority, 123. burden of proof, 123. CAPACITY, maker admits capacity of payee to indorse, 60. so does drawer, 61. acceptor admits capacity of drawer to draw and of payee to indorse, 62. (See WARRANTY.) CASHIER, as payee or indorsee, 42. CERTIFICATION, (See CHECK.) CHECK, defined, 185. when, must be presented for pa)mient, effect of delay, 186. 284 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS CHECK, certification of, 187, 188. not of itself an assignment, 189. (See BANK.) COLLATERAL SECURITIES, provision for sale of, 5. COLLECTIONS, supplementary paragraphs. CONDITIONAL INDORSEMENT, payor may disregard condition, but subsequent transferee takes subject to it, 39. CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT, provision for, 5. CONSIDERATION, presumption of, 24. requirements of, 25, 29. when absence or failure of a defence, 28, 55. (See VALUE.) CONTINGENCY, instrument payable on, not negotiable, 4. CORPORATION, included in "person," 191. indorsement by, 22. CURRENT MONEY, designation of kind does not affect negotiability, 6. DAMAGES, recoverable by holder, 51. DATE, omission of, does not affect negotiability, 6. in instrument, prima facie true date, 11. instrument may be antedated or post-dated, 12. when date may be inserted, 13. insertion of wrong date, 13. construction, when instrument not dated, 17. alteration of, 125. DAYS OF GRACE, not allowed, 85. DEFENCE, distinction between absolute and personal. Introduction. DEFENCES, when instrument subject to, 58. DELAY, in presentment for payment, excused when, 81. in giving notice of dishonor, excused when, 113. in presenting check, effect of, 186. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 285 DELIVERY, meaning of, 191. of incomplete instrument, 15. contract incomplete without, 16. when presumed, 16. necessary to negotiation, 30. lack of, a defence, 55. DEMAND, when instrument payable on, 1, 7. negotiation of demand instrument unreasonable time after issue, 53. when presentment of demand instrument must be made, 71. DETERMINABLE FUTURE TIME, 1. what is, 4. DISCHARGE OF INSTRUMENT, how made, 119. payment by party secondarily liable not a, 121. of one of set of bills, 183. DISCHARGE OF PARTY secondarily liable, 120. DISCHARGE BEFORE MATURITY, a personal de- fence, 55 (See DRAWER, INDORSER.) DISHONOR, by non-payment, 83. effect of, 84. by non-acceptance, 149. effect of, 150, 151. (See NOTICE OF DISHONOR.) DRAWEE, must be named or indicated, 1. may be payee, 8. not liable unless he accepts, 127. bill may be addressed to two or more, but not in alterna- tive or succession, 128. and drawer same person or drawee ficticious or incap- able of contracting, 130. time allowed to accept, 136. retaining or destroying bill liable as acceptor, 137. 286 NEGOTIABLE IN STRUMENTS DRAWER, may be payee, 8. admissions and engagement of, 61. and drawee same person or drawee fictitious or incap- able of contracting, 130. may negative or limit liability, 61. existence, capacity, and authority admitted by acceptor, 62. when presentment for payment necessary to charge, 70. when charged without, 79. when liability accrues, 84, 151. when notice of dishonor required to charge, 89. when not required, 112, 114. when discharged by failure to negotiate or present bill for acceptance, 144. liability upon dishonor by non-acceptance, 151. when protest necessary to charge, 152. when failure to present check discharges, 188. when certification of check discharges, 188. DURESS, instrument or signature obtained by, 55. EQUITABLE DEFENCE, (See DEFENCE.) EQUITIES, (See DEFENCES, NOTICES OF EQUITIES.) EXCHANGE, provision for, 2. EXHIBITION OF INSTRUMENT, when payment de- manded, 74. FEAR, instrument or signature obtained by, 55. FICTITIOUS PERSON, as payee, 9. as drawee, 130. presentment dispensed with where drawee is, 82. FIGURES IN INSTRUMENT, office of; discrepancy be- tween figures and words, 17. FISCAL OFFICER, as payee or indorsee, 42. FORCE, instrument or signature obtained by, 55. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 287 FOREIGN BILL, what is, 129. FORGERY OF SIGNATURE, effect of, 23. estoppel to set up, 23. FRAUD, instrument or signature obtained by, 55. GENUINENESS, warranty of, upon negotiations, 65, 66. of signature of drawer, acceptor admits, 62. GRACE, no days of, 85. HOLDER, meaning of, 191. may sue in own name, 51. payment to, 51. right of, upon dishonor by non-acceptanc, 84. upon dishonor by non-acceptance, 151. duty of, upon dishonor by non-acceptance, 150. refusing to receive payment supra protest, effect of, 176. HOLDER FOR VALUE, who is, 26, 27. HOLDER IN DUE COURSE, who is, 52. of instrument payable on demand, 53. where full pa3mient not made before notice, 54. where title of transferor defective, 55. what constitutes notice, 56. has title free from defences, and may recover full amount, 57. rights of one claiming under, 58. when burden of proof on holder, 59. rights of an altered instrument, 124. HOLDER OF OFFICE FOR TIME BEING, as payee, 8. HOLIDAY, when day for act falls on, 194. instrument due on, 85. HONOR, (See ACCETANCE FOR HONOR, PAYMENT FOR HONOR.) ILLEGALITY, a defence, 55. IMPERSONATION, effect of, 42 288 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS INCOMPLETE INSTRUMENT, filling blanks in, 13, 14. not delivered, 15. acceptance of, 138. INDORSEMENT, meaning of, 191. in blank makes instrument payable to bearer, 9. by infant or corporation, 22. necessary to negotiate instrument payable to order, 30. transfer without, effect of, 49. after transfer, effect of, 49. must be on instrument or allonge, 31. signature alone sufficient, 31. must be of entire instrument unless paid in part, 32. effect of forged, 23. kinds of, 33. special and blank, 34. how blank converted into special, 35. restrictive, 36. rights of restricted indorsee, 37. qualified, 38. conditional, 39. negotiation by delivery of bearer instrument indorsed specially, 40. of instrument payable to two or more not partners, 41. by cashier or fiscal officer, 42. where name of payee or indorsee wrongly designated or mispelled, 43. in representative capacity, 44. presumption as to date of, 45. presumption as to place of, 46. striking out and effect of, 48. (See WARRANTY.)' INDORSER, when person deemed such, 17, 63. irregular or anomalous, 64. liability of qualified, 65. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 289 INDORSEE, of unqualified, 66. liability where instrument negotiable by delivery, 67. order of liability, evidence as to, 68. when joint and several, 68. when presentment for payment necessary to charge, 70. when not necessary, 80. when liability accrues, 84, 151. when notice of dishonor required to charge, 89. when not required, 112, 115. how discharged, 120. payment by, does not discharge instrument, 121. when discharged by failure to negotiate or present bill for acceptance, 144. when protest necessary to charge, 152. liability for indorsing parts of bills in set, 180. INFANCY, a defence, 55. INFANT, indorsement by, 22. INLAND BILL, what is, 129. INSANITY, a defence, 55. INSTALMENTS, INSTRUMENT PAYABLE ON, 2. INSTRUMENT, meaning of, 191. INTEREST, date from which it runs, 17. does not make sum uncertain, 2. default in payment of instalment, 2. ISSUE, meaning of, 191. JOINT AND SEVERAL PARTIES, two or more signing "I promise to pay," 17. (SEE INDORSER.) JOINT DEBTORS, presentment to, 78. LAW MERCHANT, governs cases not provided for, 195. LIABILITY, of transferor by delivery only, 65. (See AGENT, BROKER, MAKER, DRAWER, ACCEPTOR, INDORSER.) 290 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS LIEN, banker's, supplementary paragraphs. LIEN HOLDER, is holder for value, 27. LIMITATIONS, statute of, supplementary paragraphs. MAIL, notice of dishonor by, 96, 103, 104, 105, 106. MAKER, may be payee, 8. note to order of, not complete until indorsed, 184. engagement and admissions of, 60. presentment for payment not necessary to charge, 70. MARRIED WOMAN, liability of, on note, 55. MATURITY, instrument payable "on or before," 4. time of, 85. NAME, signing in assumed or trade, 18. NEGOTIABILITY, provisions in instrument which im- pair, 3, 4, 5. provisions in instrument which do not impair, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. NEGOTIABLE, what is meant by, — Introduction. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT, "instrument" means, 191. formal requisites of, 1-9. continues negotiable until restrictively indorsed or dis- charged, 47. nature of contract in, — Intrdduction. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS LAW, title 190. takes effect when, 195, 198. history of, — Introduction. NEGOTIATION, how made, 30. to and by prior party, 50. after payment by party secondarily liable, 121. discharge by failure to present for acceptance or negotiate, 144. of parts of bill in set, 179. (See DELIVERY, INDORSEMENT.) NON-EXISTING PERSON, as payee, 9. NOTARY PUBLIC, may make protest, 154. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 291 NOTE, meaning of, 191. NOTICE OF DISHONOR, to whom must be given, 89. by whom may be given, 90. given by agent, 91, 94. enures to whose benefit, 92, 93. need not be signed; written may be supplemented by oral, 95. when misdescription does not vitiate, 95, may be written or oral; terms of; may be delivered personally or by mail, 96. may be given to party or agent, 97. when party deed, 98. to partners, 99. to joint parties not partners, 100. where party bankrupt or an insolvent, 101. when may be given, 102. where parties reside in same place, 103. where parties reside in different places, 104. miscarriage in mail does not invalidate, 105. when deemed deposited in post-office, 106. time for giving to prior parties after receiving, 107. where must be sent; receipt of, within time, although missent, 108. waiver of, 109, 110. waiver of protest includes what, 111. when dispensed with, 112, 114, 115. delay excused when, 113. when need not be given to drawer, 114. when need not be given to indorser, 115. of non-payment after notice of non-acceptance, 116. subsequent holder in due course not prejudiced by omission of notice of non-acceptance, 117. NOTICE OF EQUITIES, what constitutes, 56. before full payment of agreed amount, 54. 292 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS NOTING FOR PROTEST, 155. OMISSIONS, not affecting validity and negotiability, 6. construction in case of, 17. (See BLANKS.) OPTION, to pay "on or before," 4. to require something in lieu of money, 5. ORDER, instruments payable to, 1, 8. OVERDUE INSTRUMENT, when payable on demand, 7. PAROL EVIDENCE RULE, nature of, 55. PARTNERS, presentment to, 77, 145. notice of dishonor to, 99. PAYEE, who may be, 8. fictitious or non-existing person, 9. not name of any person, 9. maker admits existence and capacity of payee to in- dorse, 60. so do drawer, 61. and acceptor, 62. PAYMENT, in due course, 88. discharge by, 119, 120. of bill in set, 182, 183. PAYMENT FOR HONOR, who may make and for whose honor, 171. how made, 172, 173. preference among persons offering, 174. rights of payer for honor, 175, 177. discharge of parties by, 175. effect of holder of refusing to receive, 176. PERSON, meaning of, 191. fictitious or non-existing, 9, 130. PERSON PRIMARILY LIABLE, meaning of, 192. chargeable without presentment for payment, 70. PERSON SECONDARILY LIABLE, meaning of, 192. right of recourse against, 84, 150, 151. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 293 PERSONAL DEFENCE (See DEFENCE). PLACE, failure to specify does not affect negotiability, 6. of indorsement, presumption, 46. for presentment for payment, 72, 73. for presentment for acceptance, 143, 147. alteration as to, is material, 125. instrument payable at special, 70. POST-DATED INSTRUMENT, not invalid because post- dated, 12. when title passes, 12. POST-OFFICE, what constitutes deposit in, 106. PRE-EXISTING DEBT, constitutes value, 25. PRESENTATION, instrument payable on, is payable on demand, 7. PRESENTMENT FOR ACCEPTANCE, when necessary, 143. effect of failure to make or negotiate, 144. how made, 145. on what days may be made, 146. when delay excused, 147. PRESENTMENT FOR PAYMENT, when necessary, 70. of instrument payable on demand, 71. how must be made. proper place for, 73. instrument must be exhibited and delivered up, 74. of instrument payable at bank, 75. where principal debtor dead, 76. to partners, 77. to joint parties not partners, 78. when drawer charged without, 79. when indorser charged without, 80. delay excused when, 81. dispensed with when, 82. of instrument due on Saturday, Sunday or holiday, 85. 294 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS PRESENTMENT FOR PAYMENT, time for, how deter- mined, 85 to acceptor for honor, 168. when check must be presented ; effect of delay, 186. PRINCIPAL, not liable unless signature on instrument, 18. may sign by agent, 19. 'PRINTED PROVISIONS, give way to written, if conflict, 17. PROCURATION, signature by, 21. PROMISSORY NOTE, definition, 184. "note" means, 191. when holder may treat as bill or note, 17, 130. to nlaker's order, not complete without indorsement, 184. PROTEST, waiver of, includes what. 111. when may be made, 118. when must be made, 118, 152. how made, 153. by whom made, 154. when to be made, 155. where, 156. for non-acceptance and non-payment, 157. for better security, 158. when dispensed with, 159. of lost, destroyed, or wrongly detained bill, 160. of bill accepted for honor, 167, 170. REASONABLE TIME, how determined, 193. where instrument payable on demand, 53. bill payable on demand, 71. REFEREE IN CASE OF NEED, definition, 131. protest of bill having, 167, RE-ISSUE OF INSTRUMENT, 50, 121. RE-NEGOTIATION, (See Re-issue.) RENUNCIATION, how made, effect of, 112. REPEAL OF LAWS, 197. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS 295 SATURDAY, instrument due on, 85. SEAL, does not impair negotiability, 6. SECURITIES, negotiation of public or corporation, 65. SET OFF, as a defence, 55. SIGHT, instrument payable at, payable on demand, 7. SIGNATURE, necessary to liability, 18. in trade or assumed name, 18. by agent, 19. with qualifying or descriptive words, 20. by "procuration," 21. forged, 23. acceptor admits genuineness of drawer's, 62. STATUTE OR LIMITATIONS, supplementary para- graphs. SUM CERTAIN, what is, 2. SUNDAY, when day for act falls on, 194. instrument due on, 85. SUNDAY LAW, a defence, 55. TENDER OF PAYMENT, when having funds at special place is, 70. as discharge of party, 120. TERMS OF INSTRUMENT, what sufficient, 10. TIME, of maturity, 85. of negotiation, 45. when act takes effect, 195, 198. TITLE, of Act, 190. of person negotiating, when defective, 55. of holder in due course, 57. through holder in due course, 58. burden of proof, 59. notice of defect in, 54, 56. holders lack of defence, 55. 296 NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS TRANSFER, without indorsement, effect of, 49, 65. (See INDORSER.) UNCONDITIONAL, order or promise, what is, 3. USAGE, in determining reasonable or unreasonable time, 193. VALUE, meaning of, 191. what constitutes; antecedent or pre-existing debt, 25. who holder for, 26, 27, accommodation party receives no, 29. need not be specified in instrument, 6. (See CONSIDERATION.) WAIVER, of benefit of law does not impair negotiability, 5. of presentment for payment, 82. of notice of dishonor, 109, 110. of protest. 111. WARANTY, upon negotiation by delivery or qualified indorsement, 65. by qualified indorsement, 66. upon sale of public or corporation securities, 65. "WITHOUT RECOURSE," effect of indorsement, 38. "WRITTEN," includes printed and "writing" includes print, 191. WRITTEN PROVISIONS, prevail over printed, if conflict, 17. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT LOS ANGELES THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY This book is DUE on the last date stamped below MAY Z 6 1950 mi 9 1951 L". ' .. r '^m'W Form 1,-9 i'um-l,'42(8r.lii) UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT LOS ANGBLEB LIBRARY HP 1259 Willlston - W67n Negotiable i.nstrviinents UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY AA 001006 383 2 HP 1259 W67n